Converting all files to UNIX newlines.

Committing the results of running the following on the libmaple root
directory:

$ fromdos `grep --exclude-dir='[.]git' -Ilsr $'\r$' .`

33 files changed, 4362 insertions, 4362 deletions

diff --git a/examples/blinky.cpp b/examples/blinky.cpp
index 91d1a47..dd72514 100644
--- a/examples/blinky.cpp
+++ b/examples/blinky.cpp
@@ -1,32 +1,32 @@
-// Blinks the built-in LED

-

-#include "wirish.h"

-

-void setup() {

-    pinMode(BOARD_LED_PIN, OUTPUT);

-}

-

-int toggle = 1;

-

-void loop() {

-    // You could just use toggleLED() instead, but this illustrates

-    // the use of digitalWrite():

-    digitalWrite(BOARD_LED_PIN, toggle);

-    toggle ^= 1;

-    delay(100);

-}

-

-// Force init to be called *first*, i.e. before static object allocation.

-// Otherwise, statically allocated objects that need libmaple may fail.

-__attribute__((constructor)) void premain() {

-    init();

-}

-

-int main(void) {

-    setup();

-

-    while (true) {

-        loop();

-    }

-    return 0;

-}

+// Blinks the built-in LED
+
+#include "wirish.h"
+
+void setup() {
+    pinMode(BOARD_LED_PIN, OUTPUT);
+}
+
+int toggle = 1;
+
+void loop() {
+    // You could just use toggleLED() instead, but this illustrates
+    // the use of digitalWrite():
+    digitalWrite(BOARD_LED_PIN, toggle);
+    toggle ^= 1;
+    delay(100);
+}
+
+// Force init to be called *first*, i.e. before static object allocation.
+// Otherwise, statically allocated objects that need libmaple may fail.
+__attribute__((constructor)) void premain() {
+    init();
+}
+
+int main(void) {
+    setup();
+
+    while (true) {
+        loop();
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/examples/spi_master.cpp b/examples/spi_master.cpp
index af3e709..100fc53 100644
--- a/examples/spi_master.cpp
+++ b/examples/spi_master.cpp
@@ -1,77 +1,77 @@
-/******************************************************************************

- * The MIT License

- *

- * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person

- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation

- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without

- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,

- * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies

- * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is

- * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be

- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS

- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

- * SOFTWARE.

- *****************************************************************************/

-

-/**

- * @brief Sample main.cpp file. Sends "Hello world!" out SPI1.

- *

- * SPI1 is set up to be a master transmitter at 4.5MHz, little

- * endianness, and SPI mode 0.

- *

- * Pin 10 is used as slave select.

- */

-

-#include "wirish.h"

-

-#define NSS 10

-

-byte buf[] = "Hello world!";

-

-HardwareSPI spi1(1);

-

-void setup() {

-   /* Set up chip select as output */

-   pinMode(NSS, OUTPUT);

-

-   /* NSS is usually active LOW, so initialize it HIGH */

-   digitalWrite(NSS, HIGH);

-

-   /* Initialize SPI */

-   spi1.begin(SPI_4_5MHZ, LSBFIRST, 0);

-}

-

-void loop() {

-   /* Send message */

-   digitalWrite(NSS, LOW);

-   spi1.write(buf, sizeof buf);

-   digitalWrite(NSS, HIGH);

-   delay(1000);

-}

-

-// Force init to be called *first*, i.e. before static object allocation.

-// Otherwise, statically allocated objects that need libmaple may fail.

-__attribute__((constructor)) void premain() {

-    init();

-}

-

-int main(void) {

-    setup();

-

-    while (true) {

-        loop();

-    }

-    return 0;

-}

-

+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sample main.cpp file. Sends "Hello world!" out SPI1.
+ *
+ * SPI1 is set up to be a master transmitter at 4.5MHz, little
+ * endianness, and SPI mode 0.
+ *
+ * Pin 10 is used as slave select.
+ */
+
+#include "wirish.h"
+
+#define NSS 10
+
+byte buf[] = "Hello world!";
+
+HardwareSPI spi1(1);
+
+void setup() {
+   /* Set up chip select as output */
+   pinMode(NSS, OUTPUT);
+
+   /* NSS is usually active LOW, so initialize it HIGH */
+   digitalWrite(NSS, HIGH);
+
+   /* Initialize SPI */
+   spi1.begin(SPI_4_5MHZ, LSBFIRST, 0);
+}
+
+void loop() {
+   /* Send message */
+   digitalWrite(NSS, LOW);
+   spi1.write(buf, sizeof buf);
+   digitalWrite(NSS, HIGH);
+   delay(1000);
+}
+
+// Force init to be called *first*, i.e. before static object allocation.
+// Otherwise, statically allocated objects that need libmaple may fail.
+__attribute__((constructor)) void premain() {
+    init();
+}
+
+int main(void) {
+    setup();
+
+    while (true) {
+        loop();
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/examples/test-fsmc.cpp b/examples/test-fsmc.cpp
index 7db3bb7..3aa6c6d 100644
--- a/examples/test-fsmc.cpp
+++ b/examples/test-fsmc.cpp
@@ -1,125 +1,125 @@
-#include <stddef.h>             // for ptrdiff_t

-

-#include "wirish.h"

-#include "fsmc.h"

-

-#ifndef BOARD_maple_native

-#error "Sorry, this example only works on Maple Native."

-#endif

-

-// Start of FSMC SRAM bank 1

-static uint16 *const sram_start = (uint16*)0x60000000;

-// End of Maple Native SRAM chip address space (512K 16-bit words)

-static uint16 *const sram_end = (uint16*)0x60080000;

-

-void test_single_write(void);

-void test_all_addresses(void);

-

-void setup() {

-    pinMode(BOARD_LED_PIN, OUTPUT);

-    digitalWrite(BOARD_LED_PIN, HIGH);

-

-    Serial1.begin(115200);

-    Serial1.println("*** Beginning RAM chip test");

-

-    test_single_write();

-    test_all_addresses();

-

-    Serial1.println("Tests pass, finished.");

-}

-

-void loop() {

-}

-

-void test_single_write() {

-    uint16 *ptr = sram_start;

-    uint16 tmp;

-

-    Serial1.print("Writing 0x1234... ");

-    *ptr = 0x1234;

-    Serial1.println("Done.");

-

-    Serial1.print("Reading... ");

-    tmp = *ptr;

-    Serial1.print("Done: 0x");

-    Serial1.println(tmp, HEX);

-

-    if (tmp != 0x1234) {

-        Serial1.println("Mismatch; abort.");

-        ASSERT(0);

-    }

-}

-

-void test_all_addresses() {

-    uint32 start, end;

-    uint16 count = 0;

-    uint16 *ptr;

-

-    Serial1.println("Now writing all memory addresses (unrolled loop)");

-    // Turn off the USB interrupt, as it interferes most with timing

-    // (don't turn off SysTick, or we won't get micros()).

-    SerialUSB.end();

-    start = micros();

-    for (ptr = sram_start; ptr < sram_end;) {

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-        *ptr++ = count++;

-    }

-    end = micros();

-    SerialUSB.begin();

-    Serial1.print("Done. Elapsed time (us): ");

-    Serial1.println(end - start);

-

-    Serial1.println("Validating writes.");

-    for (ptr = sram_start, count = 0; ptr < sram_end; ptr++, count++) {

-        uint16 value = *ptr;

-        if (value != count) {

-            Serial1.print("mismatch: 0x");

-            Serial1.print((uint32)ptr);

-            Serial1.print(" = 0x");

-            Serial1.print(value, HEX);

-            Serial1.print(", should be 0x");

-            Serial1.print(count, HEX);

-            Serial1.println(".");

-            ASSERT(0);

-        }

-    }

-    Serial1.println("Done; all writes seem valid.");

-

-    ptrdiff_t nwrites = sram_end - sram_start;

-    double us_per_write = double(end-start) / double(nwrites);

-    Serial1.print("Number of writes = ");

-    Serial1.print(nwrites);

-    Serial1.print("; avg. time per write = ");

-    Serial1.print(us_per_write);

-    Serial1.print(" us (");

-    Serial1.print(1 / us_per_write);

-    Serial1.println(" MHz)");

-}

-

-__attribute__((constructor)) void premain() {

-    init();

-}

-

-int main(void) {

-    setup();

-

-    while (true) {

-        loop();

-    }

-

-    return 0;

-}

+#include <stddef.h>             // for ptrdiff_t
+
+#include "wirish.h"
+#include "fsmc.h"
+
+#ifndef BOARD_maple_native
+#error "Sorry, this example only works on Maple Native."
+#endif
+
+// Start of FSMC SRAM bank 1
+static uint16 *const sram_start = (uint16*)0x60000000;
+// End of Maple Native SRAM chip address space (512K 16-bit words)
+static uint16 *const sram_end = (uint16*)0x60080000;
+
+void test_single_write(void);
+void test_all_addresses(void);
+
+void setup() {
+    pinMode(BOARD_LED_PIN, OUTPUT);
+    digitalWrite(BOARD_LED_PIN, HIGH);
+
+    Serial1.begin(115200);
+    Serial1.println("*** Beginning RAM chip test");
+
+    test_single_write();
+    test_all_addresses();
+
+    Serial1.println("Tests pass, finished.");
+}
+
+void loop() {
+}
+
+void test_single_write() {
+    uint16 *ptr = sram_start;
+    uint16 tmp;
+
+    Serial1.print("Writing 0x1234... ");
+    *ptr = 0x1234;
+    Serial1.println("Done.");
+
+    Serial1.print("Reading... ");
+    tmp = *ptr;
+    Serial1.print("Done: 0x");
+    Serial1.println(tmp, HEX);
+
+    if (tmp != 0x1234) {
+        Serial1.println("Mismatch; abort.");
+        ASSERT(0);
+    }
+}
+
+void test_all_addresses() {
+    uint32 start, end;
+    uint16 count = 0;
+    uint16 *ptr;
+
+    Serial1.println("Now writing all memory addresses (unrolled loop)");
+    // Turn off the USB interrupt, as it interferes most with timing
+    // (don't turn off SysTick, or we won't get micros()).
+    SerialUSB.end();
+    start = micros();
+    for (ptr = sram_start; ptr < sram_end;) {
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+        *ptr++ = count++;
+    }
+    end = micros();
+    SerialUSB.begin();
+    Serial1.print("Done. Elapsed time (us): ");
+    Serial1.println(end - start);
+
+    Serial1.println("Validating writes.");
+    for (ptr = sram_start, count = 0; ptr < sram_end; ptr++, count++) {
+        uint16 value = *ptr;
+        if (value != count) {
+            Serial1.print("mismatch: 0x");
+            Serial1.print((uint32)ptr);
+            Serial1.print(" = 0x");
+            Serial1.print(value, HEX);
+            Serial1.print(", should be 0x");
+            Serial1.print(count, HEX);
+            Serial1.println(".");
+            ASSERT(0);
+        }
+    }
+    Serial1.println("Done; all writes seem valid.");
+
+    ptrdiff_t nwrites = sram_end - sram_start;
+    double us_per_write = double(end-start) / double(nwrites);
+    Serial1.print("Number of writes = ");
+    Serial1.print(nwrites);
+    Serial1.print("; avg. time per write = ");
+    Serial1.print(us_per_write);
+    Serial1.print(" us (");
+    Serial1.print(1 / us_per_write);
+    Serial1.println(" MHz)");
+}
+
+__attribute__((constructor)) void premain() {
+    init();
+}
+
+int main(void) {
+    setup();
+
+    while (true) {
+        loop();
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_core.c b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_core.c
index afe8798..5cf9e87 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_core.c
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_core.c
@@ -1,1013 +1,1013 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_core.c

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Standard protocol processing (USB v2.0)

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#include "usb_lib.h"

-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#define ValBit(VAR,Place)    (VAR & (1 << Place))

-#define SetBit(VAR,Place)    (VAR |= (1 << Place))

-#define ClrBit(VAR,Place)    (VAR &= ((1 << Place) ^ 255))

-

-#define Send0LengthData() { _SetEPTxCount(ENDP0, 0); \

-    vSetEPTxStatus(EP_TX_VALID); \

-  }

-

-#define vSetEPRxStatus(st) (SaveRState = st)

-#define vSetEPTxStatus(st) (SaveTState = st)

-

-#define USB_StatusIn() Send0LengthData()

-#define USB_StatusOut() vSetEPRxStatus(EP_RX_VALID)

-

-#define StatusInfo0 StatusInfo.bw.bb1 /* Reverse bb0 & bb1 */

-#define StatusInfo1 StatusInfo.bw.bb0

-

-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/

-u16_u8 StatusInfo;

-USB_Bool Data_Mul_MaxPacketSize = FALSE;

-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/

-static void DataStageOut(void);

-static void DataStageIn(void);

-static void NoData_Setup0(void);

-static void Data_Setup0(void);

-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Standard_GetConfiguration.

-* Description    : Return the current configuration variable address.

-* Input          : Length - How many bytes are needed.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Return 1 , if the request is invalid when "Length" is 0.

-*                  Return "Buffer" if the "Length" is not 0.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u8 *Standard_GetConfiguration(u16 Length)

-{

-  if (Length == 0)

-  {

-    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength =

-      sizeof(pInformation->Current_Configuration);

-    return 0;

-  }

-  pUser_Standard_Requests->User_GetConfiguration();

-  return (u8 *)&pInformation->Current_Configuration;

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Standard_SetConfiguration.

-* Description    : This routine is called to set the configuration value

-*                  Then each class should configure device themself.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Return USB_SUCCESS, if the request is performed.

-*                  Return USB_UNSUPPORT, if the request is invalid.

-*******************************************************************************/

-RESULT Standard_SetConfiguration(void)

-{

-

-  if ((pInformation->USBwValue0 <=

-      Device_Table.Total_Configuration) && (pInformation->USBwValue1 == 0)

-      && (pInformation->USBwIndex == 0)) /*call Back usb spec 2.0*/

-  {

-    pInformation->Current_Configuration = pInformation->USBwValue0;

-    pUser_Standard_Requests->User_SetConfiguration();

-    return USB_SUCCESS;

-  }

-  else

-  {

-    return USB_UNSUPPORT;

-  }

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Standard_GetInterface.

-* Description    : Return the Alternate Setting of the current interface.

-* Input          : Length - How many bytes are needed.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Return 0, if the request is invalid when "Length" is 0.

-*                  Return "Buffer" if the "Length" is not 0.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u8 *Standard_GetInterface(u16 Length)

-{

-  if (Length == 0)

-  {

-    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength =

-      sizeof(pInformation->Current_AlternateSetting);

-    return 0;

-  }

-  pUser_Standard_Requests->User_GetInterface();

-  return (u8 *)&pInformation->Current_AlternateSetting;

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Standard_SetInterface.

-* Description    : This routine is called to set the interface.

-*                  Then each class should configure the interface them self.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : - Return USB_SUCCESS, if the request is performed.

-*                  - Return USB_UNSUPPORT, if the request is invalid.

-*******************************************************************************/

-RESULT Standard_SetInterface(void)

-{

-  RESULT Re;

-  /*Test if the specified Interface and Alternate Setting are supported by

-    the application Firmware*/

-  Re = (*pProperty->Class_Get_Interface_Setting)(pInformation->USBwIndex0, pInformation->USBwValue0);

-

-  if (pInformation->Current_Configuration != 0)

-  {

-    if ((Re != USB_SUCCESS) || (pInformation->USBwIndex1 != 0)

-        || (pInformation->USBwValue1 != 0))

-    {

-      return  USB_UNSUPPORT;

-    }

-    else if (Re == USB_SUCCESS)

-    {

-      pUser_Standard_Requests->User_SetInterface();

-      pInformation->Current_Interface = pInformation->USBwIndex0;

-      pInformation->Current_AlternateSetting = pInformation->USBwValue0;

-      return USB_SUCCESS;

-    }

-

-  }

-

-  return USB_UNSUPPORT;

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Standard_GetStatus.

-* Description    : Copy the device request data to "StatusInfo buffer".

-* Input          : - Length - How many bytes are needed.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Return 0, if the request is at end of data block,

-*                  or is invalid when "Length" is 0.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u8 *Standard_GetStatus(u16 Length)

-{

-  if (Length == 0)

-  {

-    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength = 2;

-    return 0;

-  }

-

-  StatusInfo.w = 0;

-  /* Reset Status Information */

-

-  if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))

-  {

-    /*Get Device Status */

-    u8 Feature = pInformation->Current_Feature;

-

-    /* Remote Wakeup enabled */

-    if (ValBit(Feature, 5))

-    {

-      SetBit(StatusInfo0, 1);

-    }

-

-    /* Bus-powered */

-    if (ValBit(Feature, 6))

-    {

-      ClrBit(StatusInfo0, 0);

-    }

-    else /* Self-powered */

-    {

-      SetBit(StatusInfo0, 0);

-    }

-  }

-  /*Interface Status*/

-  else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | INTERFACE_RECIPIENT))

-  {

-    return (u8 *)&StatusInfo;

-  }

-  /*Get EndPoint Status*/

-  else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT))

-  {

-    u8 Related_Endpoint;

-    u8 wIndex0 = pInformation->USBwIndex0;

-

-    Related_Endpoint = (wIndex0 & 0x0f);

-    if (ValBit(wIndex0, 7))

-    {

-      /* IN endpoint */

-      if (_GetTxStallStatus(Related_Endpoint))

-      {

-        SetBit(StatusInfo0, 0); /* IN Endpoint stalled */

-      }

-    }

-    else

-    {

-      /* OUT endpoint */

-      if (_GetRxStallStatus(Related_Endpoint))

-      {

-        SetBit(StatusInfo0, 0); /* OUT Endpoint stalled */

-      }

-    }

-

-  }

-  else

-  {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  pUser_Standard_Requests->User_GetStatus();

-  return (u8 *)&StatusInfo;

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Standard_ClearFeature.

-* Description    : Clear or disable a specific feature.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : - Return USB_SUCCESS, if the request is performed.

-*                  - Return USB_UNSUPPORT, if the request is invalid.

-*******************************************************************************/

-RESULT Standard_ClearFeature(void)

-{

-  u32     Type_Rec = Type_Recipient;

-  u32     Status;

-

-

-  if (Type_Rec == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))

-  {/*Device Clear Feature*/

-    ClrBit(pInformation->Current_Feature, 5);

-    return USB_SUCCESS;

-  }

-  else if (Type_Rec == (STANDARD_REQUEST | ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT))

-  {/*EndPoint Clear Feature*/

-    DEVICE* pDev;

-    u32 Related_Endpoint;

-    u32 wIndex0;

-    u32 rEP;

-

-    if ((pInformation->USBwValue != ENDPOINT_STALL)

-        || (pInformation->USBwIndex1 != 0))

-    {

-      return USB_UNSUPPORT;

-    }

-

-    pDev = &Device_Table;

-    wIndex0 = pInformation->USBwIndex0;

-    rEP = wIndex0 & ~0x80;

-    Related_Endpoint = ENDP0 + rEP;

-

-    if (ValBit(pInformation->USBwIndex0, 7))

-    {

-      /*Get Status of endpoint & stall the request if the related_ENdpoint

-      is Disabled*/

-      Status = _GetEPTxStatus(Related_Endpoint);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-      Status = _GetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint);

-    }

-

-    if ((rEP >= pDev->Total_Endpoint) || (Status == 0)

-        || (pInformation->Current_Configuration == 0))

-    {

-      return USB_UNSUPPORT;

-    }

-

-

-    if (wIndex0 & 0x80)

-    {

-      /* IN endpoint */

-      if (_GetTxStallStatus(Related_Endpoint ))

-      {

-        ClearDTOG_TX(Related_Endpoint);

-        SetEPTxStatus(Related_Endpoint, EP_TX_VALID);

-      }

-    }

-    else

-    {

-      /* OUT endpoint */

-      if (_GetRxStallStatus(Related_Endpoint))

-      {

-        if (Related_Endpoint == ENDP0)

-        {

-          /* After clear the STALL, enable the default endpoint receiver */

-          SetEPRxCount(Related_Endpoint, Device_Property.MaxPacketSize);

-          _SetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint, EP_RX_VALID);

-        }

-        else

-        {

-          ClearDTOG_RX(Related_Endpoint);

-          _SetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint, EP_RX_VALID);

-        }

-      }

-    }

-    pUser_Standard_Requests->User_ClearFeature();

-    return USB_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  return USB_UNSUPPORT;

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Standard_SetEndPointFeature

-* Description    : Set or enable a specific feature of EndPoint

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : - Return USB_SUCCESS, if the request is performed.

-*                  - Return USB_UNSUPPORT, if the request is invalid.

-*******************************************************************************/

-RESULT Standard_SetEndPointFeature(void)

-{

-  u32    wIndex0;

-  u32    Related_Endpoint;

-  u32    rEP;

-  u32   Status;

-

-  wIndex0 = pInformation->USBwIndex0;

-  rEP = wIndex0 & ~0x80;

-  Related_Endpoint = ENDP0 + rEP;

-

-  if (ValBit(pInformation->USBwIndex0, 7))

-  {

-    /* get Status of endpoint & stall the request if the related_ENdpoint

-    is Disabled*/

-    Status = _GetEPTxStatus(Related_Endpoint);

-  }

-  else

-  {

-    Status = _GetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint);

-  }

-

-  if (Related_Endpoint >= Device_Table.Total_Endpoint

-      || pInformation->USBwValue != 0 || Status == 0

-      || pInformation->Current_Configuration == 0)

-  {

-    return USB_UNSUPPORT;

-  }

-  else

-  {

-    if (wIndex0 & 0x80)

-    {

-      /* IN endpoint */

-      _SetEPTxStatus(Related_Endpoint, EP_TX_STALL);

-    }

-

-    else

-    {

-      /* OUT endpoint */

-      _SetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint, EP_RX_STALL);

-    }

-  }

-  pUser_Standard_Requests->User_SetEndPointFeature();

-  return USB_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Standard_SetDeviceFeature.

-* Description    : Set or enable a specific feature of Device.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : - Return USB_SUCCESS, if the request is performed.

-*                  - Return USB_UNSUPPORT, if the request is invalid.

-*******************************************************************************/

-RESULT Standard_SetDeviceFeature(void)

-{

-  SetBit(pInformation->Current_Feature, 5);

-  pUser_Standard_Requests->User_SetDeviceFeature();

-  return USB_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Standard_GetDescriptorData.

-* Description    : Standard_GetDescriptorData is used for descriptors transfer.

-*                : This routine is used for the descriptors resident in Flash

-*                  or RAM

-*                  pDesc can be in either Flash or RAM

-*                  The purpose of this routine is to have a versatile way to

-*                  response descriptors request. It allows user to generate

-*                  certain descriptors with software or read descriptors from

-*                  external storage part by part.

-* Input          : - Length - Length of the data in this transfer.

-*                  - pDesc - A pointer points to descriptor struct.

-*                  The structure gives the initial address of the descriptor and

-*                  its original size.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Address of a part of the descriptor pointed by the Usb_

-*                  wOffset The buffer pointed by this address contains at least

-*                  Length bytes.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u8 *Standard_GetDescriptorData(u16 Length, ONE_DESCRIPTOR *pDesc)

-{

-  u32  wOffset;

-

-  wOffset = pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wOffset;

-  if (Length == 0)

-  {

-    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength = pDesc->Descriptor_Size - wOffset;

-    return 0;

-  }

-

-  return pDesc->Descriptor + wOffset;

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : DataStageOut.

-* Description    : Data stage of a Control Write Transfer.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void DataStageOut(void)

-{

-  ENDPOINT_INFO *pEPinfo = &pInformation->Ctrl_Info;

-  u32 save_rLength;

-

-  save_rLength = pEPinfo->Usb_rLength;

-

-  if (pEPinfo->CopyData && save_rLength)

-  {

-    u8 *Buffer;

-    u32 Length;

-

-    Length = pEPinfo->PacketSize;

-    if (Length > save_rLength)

-    {

-      Length = save_rLength;

-    }

-

-    Buffer = (*pEPinfo->CopyData)(Length);

-    pEPinfo->Usb_rLength -= Length;

-    pEPinfo->Usb_rOffset += Length;

-

-    PMAToUserBufferCopy(Buffer, GetEPRxAddr(ENDP0), Length);

-  }

-

-  if (pEPinfo->Usb_rLength != 0)

-  {

-    vSetEPRxStatus(EP_RX_VALID);/* re-enable for next data reception */

-    SetEPTxCount(ENDP0, 0);

-    vSetEPTxStatus(EP_TX_VALID);/* Expect the host to abort the data OUT stage */

-  }

-  /* Set the next State*/

-  if (pEPinfo->Usb_rLength >= pEPinfo->PacketSize)

-  {

-    pInformation->ControlState = OUT_DATA;

-  }

-  else

-  {

-    if (pEPinfo->Usb_rLength > 0)

-    {

-      pInformation->ControlState = LAST_OUT_DATA;

-    }

-    else if (pEPinfo->Usb_rLength == 0)

-    {

-      pInformation->ControlState = WAIT_STATUS_IN;

-      USB_StatusIn();

-    }

-  }

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : DataStageIn.

-* Description    : Data stage of a Control Read Transfer.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void DataStageIn(void)

-{

-  ENDPOINT_INFO *pEPinfo = &pInformation->Ctrl_Info;

-  u32 save_wLength = pEPinfo->Usb_wLength;

-  u32 ControlState = pInformation->ControlState;

-

-  u8 *DataBuffer;

-  u32 Length;

-

-  if ((save_wLength == 0) && (ControlState == LAST_IN_DATA))

-  {

-    if(Data_Mul_MaxPacketSize == TRUE)

-    {

-      /* No more data to send and empty packet */

-      Send0LengthData();

-      ControlState = LAST_IN_DATA;

-      Data_Mul_MaxPacketSize = FALSE;

-    }

-    else 

-    {

-      /* No more data to send so STALL the TX Status*/

-      ControlState = WAIT_STATUS_OUT;

-      vSetEPTxStatus(EP_TX_STALL);

-    }

-    

-    goto Expect_Status_Out;

-  }

-

-  Length = pEPinfo->PacketSize;

-  ControlState = (save_wLength <= Length) ? LAST_IN_DATA : IN_DATA;

-

-  if (Length > save_wLength)

-  {

-    Length = save_wLength;

-  }

-

-  DataBuffer = (*pEPinfo->CopyData)(Length);

-

-  UserToPMABufferCopy(DataBuffer, GetEPTxAddr(ENDP0), Length);

-

-  SetEPTxCount(ENDP0, Length);

-

-  pEPinfo->Usb_wLength -= Length;

-  pEPinfo->Usb_wOffset += Length;

-  vSetEPTxStatus(EP_TX_VALID);

-

-  USB_StatusOut();/* Expect the host to abort the data IN stage */

-

-Expect_Status_Out:

-  pInformation->ControlState = ControlState;

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : NoData_Setup0.

-* Description    : Proceed the processing of setup request without data stage.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void NoData_Setup0(void)

-{

-  RESULT Result = USB_UNSUPPORT;

-  u32 RequestNo = pInformation->USBbRequest;

-  u32 ControlState;

-

-  if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))

-  {

-    /* Device Request*/

-    /* SET_CONFIGURATION*/

-    if (RequestNo == SET_CONFIGURATION)

-    {

-      Result = Standard_SetConfiguration();

-    }

-

-    /*SET ADDRESS*/

-    else if (RequestNo == SET_ADDRESS)

-    {

-      if ((pInformation->USBwValue0 > 127) || (pInformation->USBwValue1 != 0)

-          || (pInformation->USBwIndex != 0)

-          || (pInformation->Current_Configuration != 0))

-        /* Device Address should be 127 or less*/

-      {

-        ControlState = STALLED;

-        goto exit_NoData_Setup0;

-      }

-      else

-      {

-        Result = USB_SUCCESS;

-      }

-    }

-    /*SET FEATURE for Device*/

-    else if (RequestNo == SET_FEATURE)

-    {

-      if ((pInformation->USBwValue0 == DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)

-          && (pInformation->USBwIndex == 0)

-          && (ValBit(pInformation->Current_Feature, 5)))

-      {

-        Result = Standard_SetDeviceFeature();

-      }

-      else

-      {

-        Result = USB_UNSUPPORT;

-      }

-    }

-    /*Clear FEATURE for Device */

-    else if (RequestNo == CLEAR_FEATURE)

-    {

-      if (pInformation->USBwValue0 == DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP

-          && pInformation->USBwIndex == 0

-          && ValBit(pInformation->Current_Feature, 5))

-      {

-        Result = Standard_ClearFeature();

-      }

-      else

-      {

-        Result = USB_UNSUPPORT;

-      }

-    }

-

-  }

-

-  /* Interface Request*/

-  else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | INTERFACE_RECIPIENT))

-  {

-    /*SET INTERFACE*/

-    if (RequestNo == SET_INTERFACE)

-    {

-      Result = Standard_SetInterface();

-    }

-  }

-

-  /* EndPoint Request*/

-  else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT))

-  {

-    /*CLEAR FEATURE for EndPoint*/

-    if (RequestNo == CLEAR_FEATURE)

-    {

-      Result = Standard_ClearFeature();

-    }

-    /* SET FEATURE for EndPoint*/

-    else if (RequestNo == SET_FEATURE)

-    {

-      Result = Standard_SetEndPointFeature();

-    }

-  }

-  else

-  {

-    Result = USB_UNSUPPORT;

-  }

-

-

-  if (Result != USB_SUCCESS)

-  {

-    Result = (*pProperty->Class_NoData_Setup)(RequestNo);

-    if (Result == USB_NOT_READY)

-    {

-      ControlState = PAUSE;

-      goto exit_NoData_Setup0;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (Result != USB_SUCCESS)

-  {

-    ControlState = STALLED;

-    goto exit_NoData_Setup0;

-  }

-

-  ControlState = WAIT_STATUS_IN;/* After no data stage SETUP */

-

-  USB_StatusIn();

-

-exit_NoData_Setup0:

-  pInformation->ControlState = ControlState;

-  return;

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Data_Setup0.

-* Description    : Proceed the processing of setup request with data stage.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void Data_Setup0(void)

-{

-  u8 *(*CopyRoutine)(u16);

-  RESULT Result;

-  u32 Request_No = pInformation->USBbRequest;

-

-  u32 Related_Endpoint, Reserved;

-  u32 wOffset, Status;

-

-

-

-  CopyRoutine = NULL;

-  wOffset = 0;

-

-  if (Request_No == GET_DESCRIPTOR)

-  {

-    if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))

-    {

-      u8 wValue1 = pInformation->USBwValue1;

-      if (wValue1 == DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR)

-      {

-        CopyRoutine = pProperty->GetDeviceDescriptor;

-      }

-      else if (wValue1 == CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR)

-      {

-        CopyRoutine = pProperty->GetConfigDescriptor;

-      }

-      else if (wValue1 == STRING_DESCRIPTOR)

-      {

-        CopyRoutine = pProperty->GetStringDescriptor;

-      } /* End of GET_DESCRIPTOR */

-    }

-  }

-

-  /*GET STATUS*/

-  else if ((Request_No == GET_STATUS) && (pInformation->USBwValue == 0)

-           && (pInformation->USBwLength == 0x0002)

-           && (pInformation->USBwIndex1 == 0))

-  {

-    /* GET STATUS for Device*/

-    if ((Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))

-        && (pInformation->USBwIndex == 0))

-    {

-      CopyRoutine = Standard_GetStatus;

-    }

-

-    /* GET STATUS for Interface*/

-    else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | INTERFACE_RECIPIENT))

-    {

-      if (((*pProperty->Class_Get_Interface_Setting)(pInformation->USBwIndex0, 0) == USB_SUCCESS)

-          && (pInformation->Current_Configuration != 0))

-      {

-        CopyRoutine = Standard_GetStatus;

-      }

-    }

-

-    /* GET STATUS for EndPoint*/

-    else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT))

-    {

-      Related_Endpoint = (pInformation->USBwIndex0 & 0x0f);

-      Reserved = pInformation->USBwIndex0 & 0x70;

-

-      if (ValBit(pInformation->USBwIndex0, 7))

-      {

-        /*Get Status of endpoint & stall the request if the related_ENdpoint

-        is Disabled*/

-        Status = _GetEPTxStatus(Related_Endpoint);

-      }

-      else

-      {

-        Status = _GetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint);

-      }

-

-      if ((Related_Endpoint < Device_Table.Total_Endpoint) && (Reserved == 0)

-          && (Status != 0))

-      {

-        CopyRoutine = Standard_GetStatus;

-      }

-    }

-

-  }

-

-  /*GET CONFIGURATION*/

-  else if (Request_No == GET_CONFIGURATION)

-  {

-    if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))

-    {

-      CopyRoutine = Standard_GetConfiguration;

-    }

-  }

-  /*GET INTERFACE*/

-  else if (Request_No == GET_INTERFACE)

-  {

-    if ((Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | INTERFACE_RECIPIENT))

-        && (pInformation->Current_Configuration != 0) && (pInformation->USBwValue == 0)

-        && (pInformation->USBwIndex1 == 0) && (pInformation->USBwLength == 0x0001)

-        && ((*pProperty->Class_Get_Interface_Setting)(pInformation->USBwIndex0, 0) == USB_SUCCESS))

-    {

-      CopyRoutine = Standard_GetInterface;

-    }

-

-  }

-  

-  if (CopyRoutine)

-  {

-    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wOffset = wOffset;

-    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.CopyData = CopyRoutine;

-    /* sb in the original the cast to word was directly */

-    /* now the cast is made step by step */

-    (*CopyRoutine)(0);

-    Result = USB_SUCCESS;

-  }

-  else

-  {

-    Result = (*pProperty->Class_Data_Setup)(pInformation->USBbRequest);

-    if (Result == USB_NOT_READY)

-    {

-      pInformation->ControlState = PAUSE;

-      return;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength == 0xFFFF)

-  {

-    /* Data is not ready, wait it */

-    pInformation->ControlState = PAUSE;

-    return;

-  }

-  if ((Result == USB_UNSUPPORT) || (pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength == 0))

-  {

-    /* Unsupported request */

-    pInformation->ControlState = STALLED;

-    return;

-  }

-

-

-  if (ValBit(pInformation->USBbmRequestType, 7))

-  {

-    /* Device ==> Host */

-    vu32 wLength = pInformation->USBwLength;

-     

-    /* Restrict the data length to be the one host asks */

-    if (pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength > wLength)

-    {

-      pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength = wLength;

-    }

-    

-    else if (pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength < pInformation->USBwLength)

-    {

-      if (pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength < pProperty->MaxPacketSize)

-      {

-        Data_Mul_MaxPacketSize = FALSE;

-      }

-      else if ((pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength % pProperty->MaxPacketSize) == 0)

-      {

-        Data_Mul_MaxPacketSize = TRUE;

-      }

-    }   

-

-    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.PacketSize = pProperty->MaxPacketSize;

-    DataStageIn();

-  }

-  else

-  {

-    pInformation->ControlState = OUT_DATA;

-    vSetEPRxStatus(EP_RX_VALID); /* enable for next data reception */

-  }

-

-  return;

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Setup0_Process

-* Description    : Get the device request data and dispatch to individual process.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Post0_Process.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u8 Setup0_Process(void)

-{

-

-  union

-  {

-    u8* b;

-    u16* w;

-  } pBuf;

-

-  pBuf.b = PMAAddr + (u8 *)(_GetEPRxAddr(ENDP0) * 2); /* *2 for 32 bits addr */

-

-  if (pInformation->ControlState != PAUSE)

-  {

-    pInformation->USBbmRequestType = *pBuf.b++; /* bmRequestType */

-    pInformation->USBbRequest = *pBuf.b++; /* bRequest */

-    pBuf.w++;  /* word not accessed because of 32 bits addressing */

-    pInformation->USBwValue = ByteSwap(*pBuf.w++); /* wValue */

-    pBuf.w++;  /* word not accessed because of 32 bits addressing */

-    pInformation->USBwIndex  = ByteSwap(*pBuf.w++); /* wIndex */

-    pBuf.w++;  /* word not accessed because of 32 bits addressing */

-    pInformation->USBwLength = *pBuf.w; /* wLength */

-  }

-

-  pInformation->ControlState = SETTING_UP;

-  if (pInformation->USBwLength == 0)

-  {

-    /* Setup with no data stage */

-    NoData_Setup0();

-  }

-  else

-  {

-    /* Setup with data stage */

-    Data_Setup0();

-  }

-  return Post0_Process();

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : In0_Process

-* Description    : Process the IN token on all default endpoint.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Post0_Process.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u8 In0_Process(void)

-{

-  u32 ControlState = pInformation->ControlState;

-

-  if ((ControlState == IN_DATA) || (ControlState == LAST_IN_DATA))

-  {

-    DataStageIn();

-    /* ControlState may be changed outside the function */

-    ControlState = pInformation->ControlState;

-  }

-

-  else if (ControlState == WAIT_STATUS_IN)

-  {

-    if ((pInformation->USBbRequest == SET_ADDRESS) &&

-        (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT)))

-    {

-      SetDeviceAddress(pInformation->USBwValue0);

-      pUser_Standard_Requests->User_SetDeviceAddress();

-    }

-    (*pProperty->Process_Status_IN)();

-    ControlState = STALLED;

-  }

-

-  else

-  {

-    ControlState = STALLED;

-  }

-

-  pInformation->ControlState = ControlState;

-

-  return Post0_Process();

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Out0_Process

-* Description    : Process the OUT token on all default endpoint.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Post0_Process.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u8 Out0_Process(void)

-{

-  u32 ControlState = pInformation->ControlState;

-

-  if ((ControlState == OUT_DATA) || (ControlState == LAST_OUT_DATA))

-  {

-    DataStageOut();

-    ControlState = pInformation->ControlState; /* may be changed outside the function */

-  }

-

-  else if (ControlState == WAIT_STATUS_OUT)

-  {

-    (*pProperty->Process_Status_OUT)();

-    ControlState = STALLED;

-  }

-

-  else if ((ControlState == IN_DATA) || (ControlState == LAST_IN_DATA))

-  {

-    /* host aborts the transfer before finish */

-    ControlState = STALLED;

-  }

-

-  /* Unexpect state, STALL the endpoint */

-  else

-  {

-    ControlState = STALLED;

-  }

-

-  pInformation->ControlState = ControlState;

-

-  return Post0_Process();

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Post0_Process

-* Description    : Stall the Endpoint 0 in case of error.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : - 0 if the control State is in PAUSE

-*                  - 1 if not.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u8 Post0_Process(void)

-{

-  SetEPRxCount(ENDP0, Device_Property.MaxPacketSize);

-

-  if (pInformation->ControlState == STALLED)

-  {

-    vSetEPRxStatus(EP_RX_STALL);

-    vSetEPTxStatus(EP_TX_STALL);

-  }

-

-  return (pInformation->ControlState == PAUSE);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetDeviceAddress.

-* Description    : Set the device and all the used Endpoints addresses.

-* Input          : - Val: device adress.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetDeviceAddress(u8 Val)

-{

-  u32 i;

-  u32 nEP = Device_Table.Total_Endpoint;

-

-  /* set address in every used endpoint */

-  for (i = 0; i < nEP; i++)

-  {

-    _SetEPAddress((u8)i, (u8)i);

-  } /* for */

-  _SetDADDR(Val | DADDR_EF); /* set device address and enable function */

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : NOP_Process

-* Description    : No operation function.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void NOP_Process(void)

-{

-}

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_core.c
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Standard protocol processing (USB v2.0)
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usb_lib.h"
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define ValBit(VAR,Place)    (VAR & (1 << Place))
+#define SetBit(VAR,Place)    (VAR |= (1 << Place))
+#define ClrBit(VAR,Place)    (VAR &= ((1 << Place) ^ 255))
+
+#define Send0LengthData() { _SetEPTxCount(ENDP0, 0); \
+    vSetEPTxStatus(EP_TX_VALID); \
+  }
+
+#define vSetEPRxStatus(st) (SaveRState = st)
+#define vSetEPTxStatus(st) (SaveTState = st)
+
+#define USB_StatusIn() Send0LengthData()
+#define USB_StatusOut() vSetEPRxStatus(EP_RX_VALID)
+
+#define StatusInfo0 StatusInfo.bw.bb1 /* Reverse bb0 & bb1 */
+#define StatusInfo1 StatusInfo.bw.bb0
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+u16_u8 StatusInfo;
+USB_Bool Data_Mul_MaxPacketSize = FALSE;
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void DataStageOut(void);
+static void DataStageIn(void);
+static void NoData_Setup0(void);
+static void Data_Setup0(void);
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Standard_GetConfiguration.
+* Description    : Return the current configuration variable address.
+* Input          : Length - How many bytes are needed.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Return 1 , if the request is invalid when "Length" is 0.
+*                  Return "Buffer" if the "Length" is not 0.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u8 *Standard_GetConfiguration(u16 Length)
+{
+  if (Length == 0)
+  {
+    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength =
+      sizeof(pInformation->Current_Configuration);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pUser_Standard_Requests->User_GetConfiguration();
+  return (u8 *)&pInformation->Current_Configuration;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Standard_SetConfiguration.
+* Description    : This routine is called to set the configuration value
+*                  Then each class should configure device themself.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Return USB_SUCCESS, if the request is performed.
+*                  Return USB_UNSUPPORT, if the request is invalid.
+*******************************************************************************/
+RESULT Standard_SetConfiguration(void)
+{
+
+  if ((pInformation->USBwValue0 <=
+      Device_Table.Total_Configuration) && (pInformation->USBwValue1 == 0)
+      && (pInformation->USBwIndex == 0)) /*call Back usb spec 2.0*/
+  {
+    pInformation->Current_Configuration = pInformation->USBwValue0;
+    pUser_Standard_Requests->User_SetConfiguration();
+    return USB_SUCCESS;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return USB_UNSUPPORT;
+  }
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Standard_GetInterface.
+* Description    : Return the Alternate Setting of the current interface.
+* Input          : Length - How many bytes are needed.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Return 0, if the request is invalid when "Length" is 0.
+*                  Return "Buffer" if the "Length" is not 0.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u8 *Standard_GetInterface(u16 Length)
+{
+  if (Length == 0)
+  {
+    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength =
+      sizeof(pInformation->Current_AlternateSetting);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pUser_Standard_Requests->User_GetInterface();
+  return (u8 *)&pInformation->Current_AlternateSetting;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Standard_SetInterface.
+* Description    : This routine is called to set the interface.
+*                  Then each class should configure the interface them self.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : - Return USB_SUCCESS, if the request is performed.
+*                  - Return USB_UNSUPPORT, if the request is invalid.
+*******************************************************************************/
+RESULT Standard_SetInterface(void)
+{
+  RESULT Re;
+  /*Test if the specified Interface and Alternate Setting are supported by
+    the application Firmware*/
+  Re = (*pProperty->Class_Get_Interface_Setting)(pInformation->USBwIndex0, pInformation->USBwValue0);
+
+  if (pInformation->Current_Configuration != 0)
+  {
+    if ((Re != USB_SUCCESS) || (pInformation->USBwIndex1 != 0)
+        || (pInformation->USBwValue1 != 0))
+    {
+      return  USB_UNSUPPORT;
+    }
+    else if (Re == USB_SUCCESS)
+    {
+      pUser_Standard_Requests->User_SetInterface();
+      pInformation->Current_Interface = pInformation->USBwIndex0;
+      pInformation->Current_AlternateSetting = pInformation->USBwValue0;
+      return USB_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  return USB_UNSUPPORT;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Standard_GetStatus.
+* Description    : Copy the device request data to "StatusInfo buffer".
+* Input          : - Length - How many bytes are needed.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Return 0, if the request is at end of data block,
+*                  or is invalid when "Length" is 0.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u8 *Standard_GetStatus(u16 Length)
+{
+  if (Length == 0)
+  {
+    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength = 2;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  StatusInfo.w = 0;
+  /* Reset Status Information */
+
+  if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))
+  {
+    /*Get Device Status */
+    u8 Feature = pInformation->Current_Feature;
+
+    /* Remote Wakeup enabled */
+    if (ValBit(Feature, 5))
+    {
+      SetBit(StatusInfo0, 1);
+    }
+
+    /* Bus-powered */
+    if (ValBit(Feature, 6))
+    {
+      ClrBit(StatusInfo0, 0);
+    }
+    else /* Self-powered */
+    {
+      SetBit(StatusInfo0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  /*Interface Status*/
+  else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | INTERFACE_RECIPIENT))
+  {
+    return (u8 *)&StatusInfo;
+  }
+  /*Get EndPoint Status*/
+  else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT))
+  {
+    u8 Related_Endpoint;
+    u8 wIndex0 = pInformation->USBwIndex0;
+
+    Related_Endpoint = (wIndex0 & 0x0f);
+    if (ValBit(wIndex0, 7))
+    {
+      /* IN endpoint */
+      if (_GetTxStallStatus(Related_Endpoint))
+      {
+        SetBit(StatusInfo0, 0); /* IN Endpoint stalled */
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* OUT endpoint */
+      if (_GetRxStallStatus(Related_Endpoint))
+      {
+        SetBit(StatusInfo0, 0); /* OUT Endpoint stalled */
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  pUser_Standard_Requests->User_GetStatus();
+  return (u8 *)&StatusInfo;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Standard_ClearFeature.
+* Description    : Clear or disable a specific feature.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : - Return USB_SUCCESS, if the request is performed.
+*                  - Return USB_UNSUPPORT, if the request is invalid.
+*******************************************************************************/
+RESULT Standard_ClearFeature(void)
+{
+  u32     Type_Rec = Type_Recipient;
+  u32     Status;
+
+
+  if (Type_Rec == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))
+  {/*Device Clear Feature*/
+    ClrBit(pInformation->Current_Feature, 5);
+    return USB_SUCCESS;
+  }
+  else if (Type_Rec == (STANDARD_REQUEST | ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT))
+  {/*EndPoint Clear Feature*/
+    DEVICE* pDev;
+    u32 Related_Endpoint;
+    u32 wIndex0;
+    u32 rEP;
+
+    if ((pInformation->USBwValue != ENDPOINT_STALL)
+        || (pInformation->USBwIndex1 != 0))
+    {
+      return USB_UNSUPPORT;
+    }
+
+    pDev = &Device_Table;
+    wIndex0 = pInformation->USBwIndex0;
+    rEP = wIndex0 & ~0x80;
+    Related_Endpoint = ENDP0 + rEP;
+
+    if (ValBit(pInformation->USBwIndex0, 7))
+    {
+      /*Get Status of endpoint & stall the request if the related_ENdpoint
+      is Disabled*/
+      Status = _GetEPTxStatus(Related_Endpoint);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      Status = _GetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint);
+    }
+
+    if ((rEP >= pDev->Total_Endpoint) || (Status == 0)
+        || (pInformation->Current_Configuration == 0))
+    {
+      return USB_UNSUPPORT;
+    }
+
+
+    if (wIndex0 & 0x80)
+    {
+      /* IN endpoint */
+      if (_GetTxStallStatus(Related_Endpoint ))
+      {
+        ClearDTOG_TX(Related_Endpoint);
+        SetEPTxStatus(Related_Endpoint, EP_TX_VALID);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* OUT endpoint */
+      if (_GetRxStallStatus(Related_Endpoint))
+      {
+        if (Related_Endpoint == ENDP0)
+        {
+          /* After clear the STALL, enable the default endpoint receiver */
+          SetEPRxCount(Related_Endpoint, Device_Property.MaxPacketSize);
+          _SetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint, EP_RX_VALID);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          ClearDTOG_RX(Related_Endpoint);
+          _SetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint, EP_RX_VALID);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    pUser_Standard_Requests->User_ClearFeature();
+    return USB_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  return USB_UNSUPPORT;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Standard_SetEndPointFeature
+* Description    : Set or enable a specific feature of EndPoint
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : - Return USB_SUCCESS, if the request is performed.
+*                  - Return USB_UNSUPPORT, if the request is invalid.
+*******************************************************************************/
+RESULT Standard_SetEndPointFeature(void)
+{
+  u32    wIndex0;
+  u32    Related_Endpoint;
+  u32    rEP;
+  u32   Status;
+
+  wIndex0 = pInformation->USBwIndex0;
+  rEP = wIndex0 & ~0x80;
+  Related_Endpoint = ENDP0 + rEP;
+
+  if (ValBit(pInformation->USBwIndex0, 7))
+  {
+    /* get Status of endpoint & stall the request if the related_ENdpoint
+    is Disabled*/
+    Status = _GetEPTxStatus(Related_Endpoint);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Status = _GetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint);
+  }
+
+  if (Related_Endpoint >= Device_Table.Total_Endpoint
+      || pInformation->USBwValue != 0 || Status == 0
+      || pInformation->Current_Configuration == 0)
+  {
+    return USB_UNSUPPORT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (wIndex0 & 0x80)
+    {
+      /* IN endpoint */
+      _SetEPTxStatus(Related_Endpoint, EP_TX_STALL);
+    }
+
+    else
+    {
+      /* OUT endpoint */
+      _SetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint, EP_RX_STALL);
+    }
+  }
+  pUser_Standard_Requests->User_SetEndPointFeature();
+  return USB_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Standard_SetDeviceFeature.
+* Description    : Set or enable a specific feature of Device.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : - Return USB_SUCCESS, if the request is performed.
+*                  - Return USB_UNSUPPORT, if the request is invalid.
+*******************************************************************************/
+RESULT Standard_SetDeviceFeature(void)
+{
+  SetBit(pInformation->Current_Feature, 5);
+  pUser_Standard_Requests->User_SetDeviceFeature();
+  return USB_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Standard_GetDescriptorData.
+* Description    : Standard_GetDescriptorData is used for descriptors transfer.
+*                : This routine is used for the descriptors resident in Flash
+*                  or RAM
+*                  pDesc can be in either Flash or RAM
+*                  The purpose of this routine is to have a versatile way to
+*                  response descriptors request. It allows user to generate
+*                  certain descriptors with software or read descriptors from
+*                  external storage part by part.
+* Input          : - Length - Length of the data in this transfer.
+*                  - pDesc - A pointer points to descriptor struct.
+*                  The structure gives the initial address of the descriptor and
+*                  its original size.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Address of a part of the descriptor pointed by the Usb_
+*                  wOffset The buffer pointed by this address contains at least
+*                  Length bytes.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u8 *Standard_GetDescriptorData(u16 Length, ONE_DESCRIPTOR *pDesc)
+{
+  u32  wOffset;
+
+  wOffset = pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wOffset;
+  if (Length == 0)
+  {
+    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength = pDesc->Descriptor_Size - wOffset;
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  return pDesc->Descriptor + wOffset;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : DataStageOut.
+* Description    : Data stage of a Control Write Transfer.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void DataStageOut(void)
+{
+  ENDPOINT_INFO *pEPinfo = &pInformation->Ctrl_Info;
+  u32 save_rLength;
+
+  save_rLength = pEPinfo->Usb_rLength;
+
+  if (pEPinfo->CopyData && save_rLength)
+  {
+    u8 *Buffer;
+    u32 Length;
+
+    Length = pEPinfo->PacketSize;
+    if (Length > save_rLength)
+    {
+      Length = save_rLength;
+    }
+
+    Buffer = (*pEPinfo->CopyData)(Length);
+    pEPinfo->Usb_rLength -= Length;
+    pEPinfo->Usb_rOffset += Length;
+
+    PMAToUserBufferCopy(Buffer, GetEPRxAddr(ENDP0), Length);
+  }
+
+  if (pEPinfo->Usb_rLength != 0)
+  {
+    vSetEPRxStatus(EP_RX_VALID);/* re-enable for next data reception */
+    SetEPTxCount(ENDP0, 0);
+    vSetEPTxStatus(EP_TX_VALID);/* Expect the host to abort the data OUT stage */
+  }
+  /* Set the next State*/
+  if (pEPinfo->Usb_rLength >= pEPinfo->PacketSize)
+  {
+    pInformation->ControlState = OUT_DATA;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (pEPinfo->Usb_rLength > 0)
+    {
+      pInformation->ControlState = LAST_OUT_DATA;
+    }
+    else if (pEPinfo->Usb_rLength == 0)
+    {
+      pInformation->ControlState = WAIT_STATUS_IN;
+      USB_StatusIn();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : DataStageIn.
+* Description    : Data stage of a Control Read Transfer.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void DataStageIn(void)
+{
+  ENDPOINT_INFO *pEPinfo = &pInformation->Ctrl_Info;
+  u32 save_wLength = pEPinfo->Usb_wLength;
+  u32 ControlState = pInformation->ControlState;
+
+  u8 *DataBuffer;
+  u32 Length;
+
+  if ((save_wLength == 0) && (ControlState == LAST_IN_DATA))
+  {
+    if(Data_Mul_MaxPacketSize == TRUE)
+    {
+      /* No more data to send and empty packet */
+      Send0LengthData();
+      ControlState = LAST_IN_DATA;
+      Data_Mul_MaxPacketSize = FALSE;
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+      /* No more data to send so STALL the TX Status*/
+      ControlState = WAIT_STATUS_OUT;
+      vSetEPTxStatus(EP_TX_STALL);
+    }
+    
+    goto Expect_Status_Out;
+  }
+
+  Length = pEPinfo->PacketSize;
+  ControlState = (save_wLength <= Length) ? LAST_IN_DATA : IN_DATA;
+
+  if (Length > save_wLength)
+  {
+    Length = save_wLength;
+  }
+
+  DataBuffer = (*pEPinfo->CopyData)(Length);
+
+  UserToPMABufferCopy(DataBuffer, GetEPTxAddr(ENDP0), Length);
+
+  SetEPTxCount(ENDP0, Length);
+
+  pEPinfo->Usb_wLength -= Length;
+  pEPinfo->Usb_wOffset += Length;
+  vSetEPTxStatus(EP_TX_VALID);
+
+  USB_StatusOut();/* Expect the host to abort the data IN stage */
+
+Expect_Status_Out:
+  pInformation->ControlState = ControlState;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : NoData_Setup0.
+* Description    : Proceed the processing of setup request without data stage.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void NoData_Setup0(void)
+{
+  RESULT Result = USB_UNSUPPORT;
+  u32 RequestNo = pInformation->USBbRequest;
+  u32 ControlState;
+
+  if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))
+  {
+    /* Device Request*/
+    /* SET_CONFIGURATION*/
+    if (RequestNo == SET_CONFIGURATION)
+    {
+      Result = Standard_SetConfiguration();
+    }
+
+    /*SET ADDRESS*/
+    else if (RequestNo == SET_ADDRESS)
+    {
+      if ((pInformation->USBwValue0 > 127) || (pInformation->USBwValue1 != 0)
+          || (pInformation->USBwIndex != 0)
+          || (pInformation->Current_Configuration != 0))
+        /* Device Address should be 127 or less*/
+      {
+        ControlState = STALLED;
+        goto exit_NoData_Setup0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        Result = USB_SUCCESS;
+      }
+    }
+    /*SET FEATURE for Device*/
+    else if (RequestNo == SET_FEATURE)
+    {
+      if ((pInformation->USBwValue0 == DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+          && (pInformation->USBwIndex == 0)
+          && (ValBit(pInformation->Current_Feature, 5)))
+      {
+        Result = Standard_SetDeviceFeature();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        Result = USB_UNSUPPORT;
+      }
+    }
+    /*Clear FEATURE for Device */
+    else if (RequestNo == CLEAR_FEATURE)
+    {
+      if (pInformation->USBwValue0 == DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+          && pInformation->USBwIndex == 0
+          && ValBit(pInformation->Current_Feature, 5))
+      {
+        Result = Standard_ClearFeature();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        Result = USB_UNSUPPORT;
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  /* Interface Request*/
+  else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | INTERFACE_RECIPIENT))
+  {
+    /*SET INTERFACE*/
+    if (RequestNo == SET_INTERFACE)
+    {
+      Result = Standard_SetInterface();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* EndPoint Request*/
+  else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT))
+  {
+    /*CLEAR FEATURE for EndPoint*/
+    if (RequestNo == CLEAR_FEATURE)
+    {
+      Result = Standard_ClearFeature();
+    }
+    /* SET FEATURE for EndPoint*/
+    else if (RequestNo == SET_FEATURE)
+    {
+      Result = Standard_SetEndPointFeature();
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Result = USB_UNSUPPORT;
+  }
+
+
+  if (Result != USB_SUCCESS)
+  {
+    Result = (*pProperty->Class_NoData_Setup)(RequestNo);
+    if (Result == USB_NOT_READY)
+    {
+      ControlState = PAUSE;
+      goto exit_NoData_Setup0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Result != USB_SUCCESS)
+  {
+    ControlState = STALLED;
+    goto exit_NoData_Setup0;
+  }
+
+  ControlState = WAIT_STATUS_IN;/* After no data stage SETUP */
+
+  USB_StatusIn();
+
+exit_NoData_Setup0:
+  pInformation->ControlState = ControlState;
+  return;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Data_Setup0.
+* Description    : Proceed the processing of setup request with data stage.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void Data_Setup0(void)
+{
+  u8 *(*CopyRoutine)(u16);
+  RESULT Result;
+  u32 Request_No = pInformation->USBbRequest;
+
+  u32 Related_Endpoint, Reserved;
+  u32 wOffset, Status;
+
+
+
+  CopyRoutine = NULL;
+  wOffset = 0;
+
+  if (Request_No == GET_DESCRIPTOR)
+  {
+    if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))
+    {
+      u8 wValue1 = pInformation->USBwValue1;
+      if (wValue1 == DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR)
+      {
+        CopyRoutine = pProperty->GetDeviceDescriptor;
+      }
+      else if (wValue1 == CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR)
+      {
+        CopyRoutine = pProperty->GetConfigDescriptor;
+      }
+      else if (wValue1 == STRING_DESCRIPTOR)
+      {
+        CopyRoutine = pProperty->GetStringDescriptor;
+      } /* End of GET_DESCRIPTOR */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*GET STATUS*/
+  else if ((Request_No == GET_STATUS) && (pInformation->USBwValue == 0)
+           && (pInformation->USBwLength == 0x0002)
+           && (pInformation->USBwIndex1 == 0))
+  {
+    /* GET STATUS for Device*/
+    if ((Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))
+        && (pInformation->USBwIndex == 0))
+    {
+      CopyRoutine = Standard_GetStatus;
+    }
+
+    /* GET STATUS for Interface*/
+    else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | INTERFACE_RECIPIENT))
+    {
+      if (((*pProperty->Class_Get_Interface_Setting)(pInformation->USBwIndex0, 0) == USB_SUCCESS)
+          && (pInformation->Current_Configuration != 0))
+      {
+        CopyRoutine = Standard_GetStatus;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* GET STATUS for EndPoint*/
+    else if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT))
+    {
+      Related_Endpoint = (pInformation->USBwIndex0 & 0x0f);
+      Reserved = pInformation->USBwIndex0 & 0x70;
+
+      if (ValBit(pInformation->USBwIndex0, 7))
+      {
+        /*Get Status of endpoint & stall the request if the related_ENdpoint
+        is Disabled*/
+        Status = _GetEPTxStatus(Related_Endpoint);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        Status = _GetEPRxStatus(Related_Endpoint);
+      }
+
+      if ((Related_Endpoint < Device_Table.Total_Endpoint) && (Reserved == 0)
+          && (Status != 0))
+      {
+        CopyRoutine = Standard_GetStatus;
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  /*GET CONFIGURATION*/
+  else if (Request_No == GET_CONFIGURATION)
+  {
+    if (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT))
+    {
+      CopyRoutine = Standard_GetConfiguration;
+    }
+  }
+  /*GET INTERFACE*/
+  else if (Request_No == GET_INTERFACE)
+  {
+    if ((Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | INTERFACE_RECIPIENT))
+        && (pInformation->Current_Configuration != 0) && (pInformation->USBwValue == 0)
+        && (pInformation->USBwIndex1 == 0) && (pInformation->USBwLength == 0x0001)
+        && ((*pProperty->Class_Get_Interface_Setting)(pInformation->USBwIndex0, 0) == USB_SUCCESS))
+    {
+      CopyRoutine = Standard_GetInterface;
+    }
+
+  }
+  
+  if (CopyRoutine)
+  {
+    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wOffset = wOffset;
+    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.CopyData = CopyRoutine;
+    /* sb in the original the cast to word was directly */
+    /* now the cast is made step by step */
+    (*CopyRoutine)(0);
+    Result = USB_SUCCESS;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Result = (*pProperty->Class_Data_Setup)(pInformation->USBbRequest);
+    if (Result == USB_NOT_READY)
+    {
+      pInformation->ControlState = PAUSE;
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength == 0xFFFF)
+  {
+    /* Data is not ready, wait it */
+    pInformation->ControlState = PAUSE;
+    return;
+  }
+  if ((Result == USB_UNSUPPORT) || (pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength == 0))
+  {
+    /* Unsupported request */
+    pInformation->ControlState = STALLED;
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  if (ValBit(pInformation->USBbmRequestType, 7))
+  {
+    /* Device ==> Host */
+    vu32 wLength = pInformation->USBwLength;
+     
+    /* Restrict the data length to be the one host asks */
+    if (pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength > wLength)
+    {
+      pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength = wLength;
+    }
+    
+    else if (pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength < pInformation->USBwLength)
+    {
+      if (pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength < pProperty->MaxPacketSize)
+      {
+        Data_Mul_MaxPacketSize = FALSE;
+      }
+      else if ((pInformation->Ctrl_Info.Usb_wLength % pProperty->MaxPacketSize) == 0)
+      {
+        Data_Mul_MaxPacketSize = TRUE;
+      }
+    }   
+
+    pInformation->Ctrl_Info.PacketSize = pProperty->MaxPacketSize;
+    DataStageIn();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pInformation->ControlState = OUT_DATA;
+    vSetEPRxStatus(EP_RX_VALID); /* enable for next data reception */
+  }
+
+  return;
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Setup0_Process
+* Description    : Get the device request data and dispatch to individual process.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Post0_Process.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u8 Setup0_Process(void)
+{
+
+  union
+  {
+    u8* b;
+    u16* w;
+  } pBuf;
+
+  pBuf.b = PMAAddr + (u8 *)(_GetEPRxAddr(ENDP0) * 2); /* *2 for 32 bits addr */
+
+  if (pInformation->ControlState != PAUSE)
+  {
+    pInformation->USBbmRequestType = *pBuf.b++; /* bmRequestType */
+    pInformation->USBbRequest = *pBuf.b++; /* bRequest */
+    pBuf.w++;  /* word not accessed because of 32 bits addressing */
+    pInformation->USBwValue = ByteSwap(*pBuf.w++); /* wValue */
+    pBuf.w++;  /* word not accessed because of 32 bits addressing */
+    pInformation->USBwIndex  = ByteSwap(*pBuf.w++); /* wIndex */
+    pBuf.w++;  /* word not accessed because of 32 bits addressing */
+    pInformation->USBwLength = *pBuf.w; /* wLength */
+  }
+
+  pInformation->ControlState = SETTING_UP;
+  if (pInformation->USBwLength == 0)
+  {
+    /* Setup with no data stage */
+    NoData_Setup0();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Setup with data stage */
+    Data_Setup0();
+  }
+  return Post0_Process();
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : In0_Process
+* Description    : Process the IN token on all default endpoint.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Post0_Process.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u8 In0_Process(void)
+{
+  u32 ControlState = pInformation->ControlState;
+
+  if ((ControlState == IN_DATA) || (ControlState == LAST_IN_DATA))
+  {
+    DataStageIn();
+    /* ControlState may be changed outside the function */
+    ControlState = pInformation->ControlState;
+  }
+
+  else if (ControlState == WAIT_STATUS_IN)
+  {
+    if ((pInformation->USBbRequest == SET_ADDRESS) &&
+        (Type_Recipient == (STANDARD_REQUEST | DEVICE_RECIPIENT)))
+    {
+      SetDeviceAddress(pInformation->USBwValue0);
+      pUser_Standard_Requests->User_SetDeviceAddress();
+    }
+    (*pProperty->Process_Status_IN)();
+    ControlState = STALLED;
+  }
+
+  else
+  {
+    ControlState = STALLED;
+  }
+
+  pInformation->ControlState = ControlState;
+
+  return Post0_Process();
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Out0_Process
+* Description    : Process the OUT token on all default endpoint.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Post0_Process.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u8 Out0_Process(void)
+{
+  u32 ControlState = pInformation->ControlState;
+
+  if ((ControlState == OUT_DATA) || (ControlState == LAST_OUT_DATA))
+  {
+    DataStageOut();
+    ControlState = pInformation->ControlState; /* may be changed outside the function */
+  }
+
+  else if (ControlState == WAIT_STATUS_OUT)
+  {
+    (*pProperty->Process_Status_OUT)();
+    ControlState = STALLED;
+  }
+
+  else if ((ControlState == IN_DATA) || (ControlState == LAST_IN_DATA))
+  {
+    /* host aborts the transfer before finish */
+    ControlState = STALLED;
+  }
+
+  /* Unexpect state, STALL the endpoint */
+  else
+  {
+    ControlState = STALLED;
+  }
+
+  pInformation->ControlState = ControlState;
+
+  return Post0_Process();
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Post0_Process
+* Description    : Stall the Endpoint 0 in case of error.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : - 0 if the control State is in PAUSE
+*                  - 1 if not.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u8 Post0_Process(void)
+{
+  SetEPRxCount(ENDP0, Device_Property.MaxPacketSize);
+
+  if (pInformation->ControlState == STALLED)
+  {
+    vSetEPRxStatus(EP_RX_STALL);
+    vSetEPTxStatus(EP_TX_STALL);
+  }
+
+  return (pInformation->ControlState == PAUSE);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetDeviceAddress.
+* Description    : Set the device and all the used Endpoints addresses.
+* Input          : - Val: device adress.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetDeviceAddress(u8 Val)
+{
+  u32 i;
+  u32 nEP = Device_Table.Total_Endpoint;
+
+  /* set address in every used endpoint */
+  for (i = 0; i < nEP; i++)
+  {
+    _SetEPAddress((u8)i, (u8)i);
+  } /* for */
+  _SetDADDR(Val | DADDR_EF); /* set device address and enable function */
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : NOP_Process
+* Description    : No operation function.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void NOP_Process(void)
+{
+}
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_core.h b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_core.h
index d8c099f..fa29a18 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_core.h
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_core.h
@@ -1,251 +1,251 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_core.h

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Standard protocol processing functions prototypes

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/

-#ifndef __USB_CORE_H

-#define __USB_CORE_H

-

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-extern "C" {

-#endif

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-typedef enum _CONTROL_STATE

-{

-  WAIT_SETUP,       /* 0 */

-  SETTING_UP,       /* 1 */

-  IN_DATA,          /* 2 */

-  OUT_DATA,         /* 3 */

-  LAST_IN_DATA,     /* 4 */

-  LAST_OUT_DATA,    /* 5 */

-  WAIT_STATUS_IN,   /* 7 */

-  WAIT_STATUS_OUT,  /* 8 */

-  STALLED,          /* 9 */

-  PAUSE             /* 10 */

-} CONTROL_STATE;    /* The state machine states of a control pipe */

-

-typedef struct OneDescriptor

-{

-  u8 *Descriptor;

-  u16 Descriptor_Size;

-}

-ONE_DESCRIPTOR, *PONE_DESCRIPTOR;

-/* All the request process routines return a value of this type

-   If the return value is not SUCCESS or NOT_READY,

-   the software will STALL the correspond endpoint */

-typedef enum _RESULT

-{

-  USB_SUCCESS = 0,    /* Process sucessfully */

-  USB_ERROR,

-  USB_UNSUPPORT,

-  USB_NOT_READY       /* The process has not been finished, endpoint will be

-                         NAK to further rquest */

-} RESULT;

-

-

-/*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* Definitions for endpoint level -*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*/

-typedef struct _ENDPOINT_INFO

-{

-  /* When send data out of the device,

-   CopyData() is used to get data buffer 'Length' bytes data

-   if Length is 0,

-    CopyData() returns the total length of the data

-    if the request is not supported, returns 0

-    (NEW Feature )

-     if CopyData() returns -1, the calling routine should not proceed

-     further and will resume the SETUP process by the class device

-   if Length is not 0,

-    CopyData() returns a pointer to indicate the data location

-   Usb_wLength is the data remain to be sent,

-   Usb_wOffset is the Offset of original data

-  When receive data from the host,

-   CopyData() is used to get user data buffer which is capable

-   of Length bytes data to copy data from the endpoint buffer.

-   if Length is 0,

-    CopyData() returns the available data length,

-   if Length is not 0,

-    CopyData() returns user buffer address

-   Usb_rLength is the data remain to be received,

-   Usb_rPointer is the Offset of data buffer

-  */

-  u16  Usb_wLength;

-  u16  Usb_wOffset;

-  u16  PacketSize;

-  u8   *(*CopyData)(u16 Length);

-}ENDPOINT_INFO;

-

-/*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* Definitions for device level -*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*/

-

-typedef struct _DEVICE

-{

-  u8 Total_Endpoint;     /* Number of endpoints that are used */

-  u8 Total_Configuration;/* Number of configuration available */

-}

-DEVICE;

-

-typedef union

-{

-  u16 w;

-  struct BW

-  {

-    u8 bb1;

-    u8 bb0;

-  }

-  bw;

-} u16_u8;

-

-typedef struct _DEVICE_INFO

-{

-  u8 USBbmRequestType;       /* bmRequestType */

-  u8 USBbRequest;            /* bRequest */

-  u16_u8 USBwValues;         /* wValue */

-  u16_u8 USBwIndexs;         /* wIndex */

-  u16_u8 USBwLengths;        /* wLength */

-

-  u8 ControlState;           /* of type CONTROL_STATE */

-  u8 Current_Feature;

-  u8 Current_Configuration;   /* Selected configuration */

-  u8 Current_Interface;       /* Selected interface of current configuration */

-  u8 Current_AlternateSetting;/* Selected Alternate Setting of current

-                                     interface*/

-

-  ENDPOINT_INFO Ctrl_Info;

-}DEVICE_INFO;

-

-typedef struct _DEVICE_PROP

-{

-  void (*Init)(void);        /* Initialize the device */

-  void (*Reset)(void);       /* Reset routine of this device */

-

-  /* Device dependent process after the status stage */

-  void (*Process_Status_IN)(void);

-  void (*Process_Status_OUT)(void);

-

-  /* Procedure of process on setup stage of a class specified request with data stage */

-  /* All class specified requests with data stage are processed in Class_Data_Setup

-   Class_Data_Setup()

-    responses to check all special requests and fills ENDPOINT_INFO

-    according to the request

-    If IN tokens are expected, then wLength & wOffset will be filled

-    with the total transferring bytes and the starting position

-    If OUT tokens are expected, then rLength & rOffset will be filled

-    with the total expected bytes and the starting position in the buffer

-

-    If the request is valid, Class_Data_Setup returns SUCCESS, else UNSUPPORT

-

-   CAUTION:

-    Since GET_CONFIGURATION & GET_INTERFACE are highly related to

-    the individual classes, they will be checked and processed here.

-  */

-  RESULT (*Class_Data_Setup)(u8 RequestNo);

-

-  /* Procedure of process on setup stage of a class specified request without data stage */

-  /* All class specified requests without data stage are processed in Class_NoData_Setup

-   Class_NoData_Setup

-    responses to check all special requests and perform the request

-

-   CAUTION:

-    Since SET_CONFIGURATION & SET_INTERFACE are highly related to

-    the individual classes, they will be checked and processed here.

-  */

-  RESULT (*Class_NoData_Setup)(u8 RequestNo);

-

-  /*Class_Get_Interface_Setting

-   This function is used by the file usb_core.c to test if the selected Interface

-   and Alternate Setting (u8 Interface, u8 AlternateSetting) are supported by

-   the application.

-   This function is writing by user. It should return "SUCCESS" if the Interface

-   and Alternate Setting are supported by the application or "UNSUPPORT" if they

-   are not supported. */

-

-  RESULT  (*Class_Get_Interface_Setting)(u8 Interface, u8 AlternateSetting);

-

-  u8* (*GetDeviceDescriptor)(u16 Length);

-  u8* (*GetConfigDescriptor)(u16 Length);

-  u8* (*GetStringDescriptor)(u16 Length);

-

-  u8* RxEP_buffer;

-  u8 MaxPacketSize;

-

-}DEVICE_PROP;

-

-typedef struct _USER_STANDARD_REQUESTS

-{

-  void (*User_GetConfiguration)(void);       /* Get Configuration */

-  void (*User_SetConfiguration)(void);       /* Set Configuration */

-  void (*User_GetInterface)(void);           /* Get Interface */

-  void (*User_SetInterface)(void);           /* Set Interface */

-  void (*User_GetStatus)(void);              /* Get Status */

-  void (*User_ClearFeature)(void);           /* Clear Feature */

-  void (*User_SetEndPointFeature)(void);     /* Set Endpoint Feature */

-  void (*User_SetDeviceFeature)(void);       /* Set Device Feature */

-  void (*User_SetDeviceAddress)(void);       /* Set Device Address */

-}

-USER_STANDARD_REQUESTS;

-

-/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/

-#define Type_Recipient (pInformation->USBbmRequestType & (REQUEST_TYPE | RECIPIENT))

-

-#define Usb_rLength Usb_wLength

-#define Usb_rOffset Usb_wOffset

-

-#define USBwValue USBwValues.w

-#define USBwValue0 USBwValues.bw.bb0

-#define USBwValue1 USBwValues.bw.bb1

-#define USBwIndex USBwIndexs.w

-#define USBwIndex0 USBwIndexs.bw.bb0

-#define USBwIndex1 USBwIndexs.bw.bb1

-#define USBwLength USBwLengths.w

-#define USBwLength0 USBwLengths.bw.bb0

-#define USBwLength1 USBwLengths.bw.bb1

-

-/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */

-u8 Setup0_Process(void);

-u8 Post0_Process(void);

-u8 Out0_Process(void);

-u8 In0_Process(void);

-

-RESULT Standard_SetEndPointFeature(void);

-RESULT Standard_SetDeviceFeature(void);

-

-u8 *Standard_GetConfiguration(u16 Length);

-RESULT Standard_SetConfiguration(void);

-u8 *Standard_GetInterface(u16 Length);

-RESULT Standard_SetInterface(void);

-u8 *Standard_GetDescriptorData(u16 Length, PONE_DESCRIPTOR pDesc);

-

-u8 *Standard_GetStatus(u16 Length);

-RESULT Standard_ClearFeature(void);

-void SetDeviceAddress(u8);

-void NOP_Process(void);

-

-extern DEVICE_PROP Device_Property;

-extern  USER_STANDARD_REQUESTS User_Standard_Requests;

-extern  DEVICE  Device_Table;

-extern DEVICE_INFO Device_Info;

-

-/* cells saving status during interrupt servicing */

-extern u16 SaveRState;

-extern u16 SaveTState;

-

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-}

-#endif

-

-#endif /* __USB_CORE_H */

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_core.h
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Standard protocol processing functions prototypes
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __USB_CORE_H
+#define __USB_CORE_H
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef enum _CONTROL_STATE
+{
+  WAIT_SETUP,       /* 0 */
+  SETTING_UP,       /* 1 */
+  IN_DATA,          /* 2 */
+  OUT_DATA,         /* 3 */
+  LAST_IN_DATA,     /* 4 */
+  LAST_OUT_DATA,    /* 5 */
+  WAIT_STATUS_IN,   /* 7 */
+  WAIT_STATUS_OUT,  /* 8 */
+  STALLED,          /* 9 */
+  PAUSE             /* 10 */
+} CONTROL_STATE;    /* The state machine states of a control pipe */
+
+typedef struct OneDescriptor
+{
+  u8 *Descriptor;
+  u16 Descriptor_Size;
+}
+ONE_DESCRIPTOR, *PONE_DESCRIPTOR;
+/* All the request process routines return a value of this type
+   If the return value is not SUCCESS or NOT_READY,
+   the software will STALL the correspond endpoint */
+typedef enum _RESULT
+{
+  USB_SUCCESS = 0,    /* Process sucessfully */
+  USB_ERROR,
+  USB_UNSUPPORT,
+  USB_NOT_READY       /* The process has not been finished, endpoint will be
+                         NAK to further rquest */
+} RESULT;
+
+
+/*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* Definitions for endpoint level -*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*/
+typedef struct _ENDPOINT_INFO
+{
+  /* When send data out of the device,
+   CopyData() is used to get data buffer 'Length' bytes data
+   if Length is 0,
+    CopyData() returns the total length of the data
+    if the request is not supported, returns 0
+    (NEW Feature )
+     if CopyData() returns -1, the calling routine should not proceed
+     further and will resume the SETUP process by the class device
+   if Length is not 0,
+    CopyData() returns a pointer to indicate the data location
+   Usb_wLength is the data remain to be sent,
+   Usb_wOffset is the Offset of original data
+  When receive data from the host,
+   CopyData() is used to get user data buffer which is capable
+   of Length bytes data to copy data from the endpoint buffer.
+   if Length is 0,
+    CopyData() returns the available data length,
+   if Length is not 0,
+    CopyData() returns user buffer address
+   Usb_rLength is the data remain to be received,
+   Usb_rPointer is the Offset of data buffer
+  */
+  u16  Usb_wLength;
+  u16  Usb_wOffset;
+  u16  PacketSize;
+  u8   *(*CopyData)(u16 Length);
+}ENDPOINT_INFO;
+
+/*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* Definitions for device level -*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*/
+
+typedef struct _DEVICE
+{
+  u8 Total_Endpoint;     /* Number of endpoints that are used */
+  u8 Total_Configuration;/* Number of configuration available */
+}
+DEVICE;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  u16 w;
+  struct BW
+  {
+    u8 bb1;
+    u8 bb0;
+  }
+  bw;
+} u16_u8;
+
+typedef struct _DEVICE_INFO
+{
+  u8 USBbmRequestType;       /* bmRequestType */
+  u8 USBbRequest;            /* bRequest */
+  u16_u8 USBwValues;         /* wValue */
+  u16_u8 USBwIndexs;         /* wIndex */
+  u16_u8 USBwLengths;        /* wLength */
+
+  u8 ControlState;           /* of type CONTROL_STATE */
+  u8 Current_Feature;
+  u8 Current_Configuration;   /* Selected configuration */
+  u8 Current_Interface;       /* Selected interface of current configuration */
+  u8 Current_AlternateSetting;/* Selected Alternate Setting of current
+                                     interface*/
+
+  ENDPOINT_INFO Ctrl_Info;
+}DEVICE_INFO;
+
+typedef struct _DEVICE_PROP
+{
+  void (*Init)(void);        /* Initialize the device */
+  void (*Reset)(void);       /* Reset routine of this device */
+
+  /* Device dependent process after the status stage */
+  void (*Process_Status_IN)(void);
+  void (*Process_Status_OUT)(void);
+
+  /* Procedure of process on setup stage of a class specified request with data stage */
+  /* All class specified requests with data stage are processed in Class_Data_Setup
+   Class_Data_Setup()
+    responses to check all special requests and fills ENDPOINT_INFO
+    according to the request
+    If IN tokens are expected, then wLength & wOffset will be filled
+    with the total transferring bytes and the starting position
+    If OUT tokens are expected, then rLength & rOffset will be filled
+    with the total expected bytes and the starting position in the buffer
+
+    If the request is valid, Class_Data_Setup returns SUCCESS, else UNSUPPORT
+
+   CAUTION:
+    Since GET_CONFIGURATION & GET_INTERFACE are highly related to
+    the individual classes, they will be checked and processed here.
+  */
+  RESULT (*Class_Data_Setup)(u8 RequestNo);
+
+  /* Procedure of process on setup stage of a class specified request without data stage */
+  /* All class specified requests without data stage are processed in Class_NoData_Setup
+   Class_NoData_Setup
+    responses to check all special requests and perform the request
+
+   CAUTION:
+    Since SET_CONFIGURATION & SET_INTERFACE are highly related to
+    the individual classes, they will be checked and processed here.
+  */
+  RESULT (*Class_NoData_Setup)(u8 RequestNo);
+
+  /*Class_Get_Interface_Setting
+   This function is used by the file usb_core.c to test if the selected Interface
+   and Alternate Setting (u8 Interface, u8 AlternateSetting) are supported by
+   the application.
+   This function is writing by user. It should return "SUCCESS" if the Interface
+   and Alternate Setting are supported by the application or "UNSUPPORT" if they
+   are not supported. */
+
+  RESULT  (*Class_Get_Interface_Setting)(u8 Interface, u8 AlternateSetting);
+
+  u8* (*GetDeviceDescriptor)(u16 Length);
+  u8* (*GetConfigDescriptor)(u16 Length);
+  u8* (*GetStringDescriptor)(u16 Length);
+
+  u8* RxEP_buffer;
+  u8 MaxPacketSize;
+
+}DEVICE_PROP;
+
+typedef struct _USER_STANDARD_REQUESTS
+{
+  void (*User_GetConfiguration)(void);       /* Get Configuration */
+  void (*User_SetConfiguration)(void);       /* Set Configuration */
+  void (*User_GetInterface)(void);           /* Get Interface */
+  void (*User_SetInterface)(void);           /* Set Interface */
+  void (*User_GetStatus)(void);              /* Get Status */
+  void (*User_ClearFeature)(void);           /* Clear Feature */
+  void (*User_SetEndPointFeature)(void);     /* Set Endpoint Feature */
+  void (*User_SetDeviceFeature)(void);       /* Set Device Feature */
+  void (*User_SetDeviceAddress)(void);       /* Set Device Address */
+}
+USER_STANDARD_REQUESTS;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define Type_Recipient (pInformation->USBbmRequestType & (REQUEST_TYPE | RECIPIENT))
+
+#define Usb_rLength Usb_wLength
+#define Usb_rOffset Usb_wOffset
+
+#define USBwValue USBwValues.w
+#define USBwValue0 USBwValues.bw.bb0
+#define USBwValue1 USBwValues.bw.bb1
+#define USBwIndex USBwIndexs.w
+#define USBwIndex0 USBwIndexs.bw.bb0
+#define USBwIndex1 USBwIndexs.bw.bb1
+#define USBwLength USBwLengths.w
+#define USBwLength0 USBwLengths.bw.bb0
+#define USBwLength1 USBwLengths.bw.bb1
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+u8 Setup0_Process(void);
+u8 Post0_Process(void);
+u8 Out0_Process(void);
+u8 In0_Process(void);
+
+RESULT Standard_SetEndPointFeature(void);
+RESULT Standard_SetDeviceFeature(void);
+
+u8 *Standard_GetConfiguration(u16 Length);
+RESULT Standard_SetConfiguration(void);
+u8 *Standard_GetInterface(u16 Length);
+RESULT Standard_SetInterface(void);
+u8 *Standard_GetDescriptorData(u16 Length, PONE_DESCRIPTOR pDesc);
+
+u8 *Standard_GetStatus(u16 Length);
+RESULT Standard_ClearFeature(void);
+void SetDeviceAddress(u8);
+void NOP_Process(void);
+
+extern DEVICE_PROP Device_Property;
+extern  USER_STANDARD_REQUESTS User_Standard_Requests;
+extern  DEVICE  Device_Table;
+extern DEVICE_INFO Device_Info;
+
+/* cells saving status during interrupt servicing */
+extern u16 SaveRState;
+extern u16 SaveTState;
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USB_CORE_H */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_def.h b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_def.h
index aa6bcba..80aa303 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_def.h
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_def.h
@@ -1,88 +1,88 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_def.h

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Definitions related to USB Core

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/

-#ifndef __USB_DEF_H

-#define __USB_DEF_H

-

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-extern "C" {

-#endif

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-typedef enum _RECIPIENT_TYPE

-{

-  DEVICE_RECIPIENT,     /* Recipient device */

-  INTERFACE_RECIPIENT,  /* Recipient interface */

-  ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT,   /* Recipient endpoint */

-  OTHER_RECIPIENT

-} RECIPIENT_TYPE;

-

-

-typedef enum _STANDARD_REQUESTS

-{

-  GET_STATUS = 0,

-  CLEAR_FEATURE,

-  RESERVED1,

-  SET_FEATURE,

-  RESERVED2,

-  SET_ADDRESS,

-  GET_DESCRIPTOR,

-  SET_DESCRIPTOR,

-  GET_CONFIGURATION,

-  SET_CONFIGURATION,

-  GET_INTERFACE,

-  SET_INTERFACE,

-  TOTAL_sREQUEST,  /* Total number of Standard request */

-  SYNCH_FRAME = 12

-} STANDARD_REQUESTS;

-

-/* Definition of "USBwValue" */

-typedef enum _DESCRIPTOR_TYPE

-{

-  DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR = 1,

-  CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR,

-  STRING_DESCRIPTOR,

-  INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR,

-  ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR

-} DESCRIPTOR_TYPE;

-

-/* Feature selector of a SET_FEATURE or CLEAR_FEATURE */

-typedef enum _FEATURE_SELECTOR

-{

-  ENDPOINT_STALL,

-  DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP

-} FEATURE_SELECTOR;

-

-/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Definition of "USBbmRequestType" */

-#define REQUEST_TYPE      0x60  /* Mask to get request type */

-#define STANDARD_REQUEST  0x00  /* Standard request */

-#define CLASS_REQUEST     0x20  /* Class request */

-#define VENDOR_REQUEST    0x40  /* Vendor request */

-

-#define RECIPIENT         0x1F  /* Mask to get recipient */

-

-/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */

-

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-}

-#endif

-

-#endif /* __USB_DEF_H */

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_def.h
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Definitions related to USB Core
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __USB_DEF_H
+#define __USB_DEF_H
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef enum _RECIPIENT_TYPE
+{
+  DEVICE_RECIPIENT,     /* Recipient device */
+  INTERFACE_RECIPIENT,  /* Recipient interface */
+  ENDPOINT_RECIPIENT,   /* Recipient endpoint */
+  OTHER_RECIPIENT
+} RECIPIENT_TYPE;
+
+
+typedef enum _STANDARD_REQUESTS
+{
+  GET_STATUS = 0,
+  CLEAR_FEATURE,
+  RESERVED1,
+  SET_FEATURE,
+  RESERVED2,
+  SET_ADDRESS,
+  GET_DESCRIPTOR,
+  SET_DESCRIPTOR,
+  GET_CONFIGURATION,
+  SET_CONFIGURATION,
+  GET_INTERFACE,
+  SET_INTERFACE,
+  TOTAL_sREQUEST,  /* Total number of Standard request */
+  SYNCH_FRAME = 12
+} STANDARD_REQUESTS;
+
+/* Definition of "USBwValue" */
+typedef enum _DESCRIPTOR_TYPE
+{
+  DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR = 1,
+  CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR,
+  STRING_DESCRIPTOR,
+  INTERFACE_DESCRIPTOR,
+  ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR
+} DESCRIPTOR_TYPE;
+
+/* Feature selector of a SET_FEATURE or CLEAR_FEATURE */
+typedef enum _FEATURE_SELECTOR
+{
+  ENDPOINT_STALL,
+  DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+} FEATURE_SELECTOR;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of "USBbmRequestType" */
+#define REQUEST_TYPE      0x60  /* Mask to get request type */
+#define STANDARD_REQUEST  0x00  /* Standard request */
+#define CLASS_REQUEST     0x20  /* Class request */
+#define VENDOR_REQUEST    0x40  /* Vendor request */
+
+#define RECIPIENT         0x1F  /* Mask to get recipient */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USB_DEF_H */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_init.c b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_init.c
index 5862145..94f3a83 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_init.c
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_init.c
@@ -1,64 +1,64 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_init.c

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Initialization routines & global variables

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#include "usb_lib.h"

-

-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/

-/*  The number of current endpoint, it will be used to specify an endpoint */

- u8	EPindex;

-/*  The number of current device, it is an index to the Device_Table */

-/* u8	Device_no; */

-/*  Points to the DEVICE_INFO structure of current device */

-/*  The purpose of this register is to speed up the execution */

-DEVICE_INFO *pInformation;

-/*  Points to the DEVICE_PROP structure of current device */

-/*  The purpose of this register is to speed up the execution */

-DEVICE_PROP *pProperty;

-/*  Temporary save the state of Rx & Tx status. */

-/*  Whenever the Rx or Tx state is changed, its value is saved */

-/*  in this variable first and will be set to the EPRB or EPRA */

-/*  at the end of interrupt process */

-u16	SaveState ;

-u16  wInterrupt_Mask;

-DEVICE_INFO	Device_Info;

-USER_STANDARD_REQUESTS  *pUser_Standard_Requests;

-

-/* Extern variables ----------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : USB_Init

-* Description    : USB system initialization

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void USB_Init(void)

-{

-  pInformation = &Device_Info;

-  pInformation->ControlState = 2;

-  pProperty = &Device_Property;

-  pUser_Standard_Requests = &User_Standard_Requests;

-  /* Initialize devices one by one */

-  

-  pProperty->Init();

-}

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_init.c
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Initialization routines & global variables
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usb_lib.h"
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*  The number of current endpoint, it will be used to specify an endpoint */
+ u8	EPindex;
+/*  The number of current device, it is an index to the Device_Table */
+/* u8	Device_no; */
+/*  Points to the DEVICE_INFO structure of current device */
+/*  The purpose of this register is to speed up the execution */
+DEVICE_INFO *pInformation;
+/*  Points to the DEVICE_PROP structure of current device */
+/*  The purpose of this register is to speed up the execution */
+DEVICE_PROP *pProperty;
+/*  Temporary save the state of Rx & Tx status. */
+/*  Whenever the Rx or Tx state is changed, its value is saved */
+/*  in this variable first and will be set to the EPRB or EPRA */
+/*  at the end of interrupt process */
+u16	SaveState ;
+u16  wInterrupt_Mask;
+DEVICE_INFO	Device_Info;
+USER_STANDARD_REQUESTS  *pUser_Standard_Requests;
+
+/* Extern variables ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : USB_Init
+* Description    : USB system initialization
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void USB_Init(void)
+{
+  pInformation = &Device_Info;
+  pInformation->ControlState = 2;
+  pProperty = &Device_Property;
+  pUser_Standard_Requests = &User_Standard_Requests;
+  /* Initialize devices one by one */
+  
+  pProperty->Init();
+}
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_init.h b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_init.h
index 1091ce5..80ee2fb 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_init.h
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_init.h
@@ -1,57 +1,57 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_init.h

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Initialization routines & global variables

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/

-#ifndef __USB_INIT_H

-#define __USB_INIT_H

-

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-extern "C" {

-#endif

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */

-void USB_Init(void);

-

-/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/

-/*  The number of current endpoint, it will be used to specify an endpoint */

-extern u8	EPindex;

-/*  The number of current device, it is an index to the Device_Table */

-/*extern u8	Device_no; */

-/*  Points to the DEVICE_INFO structure of current device */

-/*  The purpose of this register is to speed up the execution */

-extern DEVICE_INFO*	pInformation;

-/*  Points to the DEVICE_PROP structure of current device */

-/*  The purpose of this register is to speed up the execution */

-extern DEVICE_PROP*	pProperty;

-/*  Temporary save the state of Rx & Tx status. */

-/*  Whenever the Rx or Tx state is changed, its value is saved */

-/*  in this variable first and will be set to the EPRB or EPRA */

-/*  at the end of interrupt process */

-extern USER_STANDARD_REQUESTS *pUser_Standard_Requests;

-

-extern u16	SaveState ;

-extern u16 wInterrupt_Mask;

-

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-}

-#endif

-

-#endif /* __USB_INIT_H */

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_init.h
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Initialization routines & global variables
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __USB_INIT_H
+#define __USB_INIT_H
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+void USB_Init(void);
+
+/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*  The number of current endpoint, it will be used to specify an endpoint */
+extern u8	EPindex;
+/*  The number of current device, it is an index to the Device_Table */
+/*extern u8	Device_no; */
+/*  Points to the DEVICE_INFO structure of current device */
+/*  The purpose of this register is to speed up the execution */
+extern DEVICE_INFO*	pInformation;
+/*  Points to the DEVICE_PROP structure of current device */
+/*  The purpose of this register is to speed up the execution */
+extern DEVICE_PROP*	pProperty;
+/*  Temporary save the state of Rx & Tx status. */
+/*  Whenever the Rx or Tx state is changed, its value is saved */
+/*  in this variable first and will be set to the EPRB or EPRA */
+/*  at the end of interrupt process */
+extern USER_STANDARD_REQUESTS *pUser_Standard_Requests;
+
+extern u16	SaveState ;
+extern u16 wInterrupt_Mask;
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USB_INIT_H */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_int.c b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_int.c
index f1d82be..61a989b 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_int.c
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_int.c
@@ -1,192 +1,192 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_int.c

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Endpoint CTR (Low and High) interrupt's service routines

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#include "usb_lib.h"

-

-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/

-u16 SaveRState;

-u16 SaveTState;

-

-/* Extern variables ----------------------------------------------------------*/

-extern void (*pEpInt_IN[7])(void);    /*  Handles IN  interrupts   */

-extern void (*pEpInt_OUT[7])(void);   /*  Handles OUT interrupts   */

-

-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : CTR_LP.

-* Description    : Low priority Endpoint Correct Transfer interrupt's service

-*                  routine.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void CTR_LP(void)

-{

-  u32 wEPVal = 0;

-  /* stay in loop while pending ints */

-  while (((wIstr = _GetISTR()) & ISTR_CTR) != 0)

-  {

-    _SetISTR((u16)CLR_CTR); /* clear CTR flag */

-    /* extract highest priority endpoint number */

-    EPindex = (u8)(wIstr & ISTR_EP_ID);

-    if (EPindex == 0)

-    {

-      /* Decode and service control endpoint interrupt */

-      /* calling related service routine */

-      /* (Setup0_Process, In0_Process, Out0_Process) */

-

-      /* save RX & TX status */

-      /* and set both to NAK */

-      SaveRState = _GetEPRxStatus(ENDP0);

-      SaveTState = _GetEPTxStatus(ENDP0);

-      _SetEPRxStatus(ENDP0, EP_RX_NAK);

-      _SetEPTxStatus(ENDP0, EP_TX_NAK);

-

-

-      /* DIR bit = origin of the interrupt */

-

-      if ((wIstr & ISTR_DIR) == 0)

-      {

-        /* DIR = 0 */

-

-        /* DIR = 0      => IN  int */

-        /* DIR = 0 implies that (EP_CTR_TX = 1) always  */

-

-

-        _ClearEP_CTR_TX(ENDP0);

-        In0_Process();

-

-           /* before terminate set Tx & Rx status */

-          _SetEPRxStatus(ENDP0, SaveRState);

-          _SetEPTxStatus(ENDP0, SaveTState);

-          return;

-      }

-      else

-      {

-        /* DIR = 1 */

-

-        /* DIR = 1 & CTR_RX       => SETUP or OUT int */

-        /* DIR = 1 & (CTR_TX | CTR_RX) => 2 int pending */

-

-        wEPVal = _GetENDPOINT(ENDP0);

-        if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_TX) != 0)

-        {

-          _ClearEP_CTR_TX(ENDP0);

-          In0_Process();

-          /* before terminate set Tx & Rx status */

-          _SetEPRxStatus(ENDP0, SaveRState);

-          _SetEPTxStatus(ENDP0, SaveTState);

-          return;

-        }

-        else if ((wEPVal &EP_SETUP) != 0)

-        {

-          _ClearEP_CTR_RX(ENDP0); /* SETUP bit kept frozen while CTR_RX = 1 */

-          Setup0_Process();

-          /* before terminate set Tx & Rx status */

-          _SetEPRxStatus(ENDP0, SaveRState);

-          _SetEPTxStatus(ENDP0, SaveTState);

-          return;

-        }

-

-        else if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) != 0)

-        {

-          _ClearEP_CTR_RX(ENDP0);

-          Out0_Process();

-          /* before terminate set Tx & Rx status */

-          _SetEPRxStatus(ENDP0, SaveRState);

-          _SetEPTxStatus(ENDP0, SaveTState);

-          return;

-        }

-      }

-    }/* if(EPindex == 0) */

-    else

-    {

-      /* Decode and service non control endpoints interrupt  */

-

-      /* process related endpoint register */

-      wEPVal = _GetENDPOINT(EPindex);

-      if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) != 0)

-      {

-        /* clear int flag */

-        _ClearEP_CTR_RX(EPindex);

-

-        /* call OUT service function */

-        (*pEpInt_OUT[EPindex-1])();

-

-      } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) */

-

-      if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_TX) != 0)

-      {

-        /* clear int flag */

-        _ClearEP_CTR_TX(EPindex);

-

-        /* call IN service function */

-        (*pEpInt_IN[EPindex-1])();

-      } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_TX) != 0) */

-

-    }/* if(EPindex == 0) else */

-

-  }/* while(...) */

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : CTR_HP.

-* Description    : High Priority Endpoint Correct Transfer interrupt's service 

-*                  routine.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void CTR_HP(void)

-{

-  u32 wEPVal = 0;

-

-  while (((wIstr = _GetISTR()) & ISTR_CTR) != 0)

-  {

-    _SetISTR((u16)CLR_CTR); /* clear CTR flag */

-    /* extract highest priority endpoint number */

-    EPindex = (u8)(wIstr & ISTR_EP_ID);

-    /* process related endpoint register */

-    wEPVal = _GetENDPOINT(EPindex);

-    if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) != 0)

-    {

-      /* clear int flag */

-      _ClearEP_CTR_RX(EPindex);

-

-      /* call OUT service function */

-      (*pEpInt_OUT[EPindex-1])();

-

-    } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) */

-    else if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_TX) != 0)

-    {

-      /* clear int flag */

-      _ClearEP_CTR_TX(EPindex);

-

-      /* call IN service function */

-      (*pEpInt_IN[EPindex-1])();

-

-

-    } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_TX) != 0) */

-

-  }/* while(...) */

-}

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_int.c
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Endpoint CTR (Low and High) interrupt's service routines
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usb_lib.h"
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+u16 SaveRState;
+u16 SaveTState;
+
+/* Extern variables ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern void (*pEpInt_IN[7])(void);    /*  Handles IN  interrupts   */
+extern void (*pEpInt_OUT[7])(void);   /*  Handles OUT interrupts   */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : CTR_LP.
+* Description    : Low priority Endpoint Correct Transfer interrupt's service
+*                  routine.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void CTR_LP(void)
+{
+  u32 wEPVal = 0;
+  /* stay in loop while pending ints */
+  while (((wIstr = _GetISTR()) & ISTR_CTR) != 0)
+  {
+    _SetISTR((u16)CLR_CTR); /* clear CTR flag */
+    /* extract highest priority endpoint number */
+    EPindex = (u8)(wIstr & ISTR_EP_ID);
+    if (EPindex == 0)
+    {
+      /* Decode and service control endpoint interrupt */
+      /* calling related service routine */
+      /* (Setup0_Process, In0_Process, Out0_Process) */
+
+      /* save RX & TX status */
+      /* and set both to NAK */
+      SaveRState = _GetEPRxStatus(ENDP0);
+      SaveTState = _GetEPTxStatus(ENDP0);
+      _SetEPRxStatus(ENDP0, EP_RX_NAK);
+      _SetEPTxStatus(ENDP0, EP_TX_NAK);
+
+
+      /* DIR bit = origin of the interrupt */
+
+      if ((wIstr & ISTR_DIR) == 0)
+      {
+        /* DIR = 0 */
+
+        /* DIR = 0      => IN  int */
+        /* DIR = 0 implies that (EP_CTR_TX = 1) always  */
+
+
+        _ClearEP_CTR_TX(ENDP0);
+        In0_Process();
+
+           /* before terminate set Tx & Rx status */
+          _SetEPRxStatus(ENDP0, SaveRState);
+          _SetEPTxStatus(ENDP0, SaveTState);
+          return;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* DIR = 1 */
+
+        /* DIR = 1 & CTR_RX       => SETUP or OUT int */
+        /* DIR = 1 & (CTR_TX | CTR_RX) => 2 int pending */
+
+        wEPVal = _GetENDPOINT(ENDP0);
+        if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_TX) != 0)
+        {
+          _ClearEP_CTR_TX(ENDP0);
+          In0_Process();
+          /* before terminate set Tx & Rx status */
+          _SetEPRxStatus(ENDP0, SaveRState);
+          _SetEPTxStatus(ENDP0, SaveTState);
+          return;
+        }
+        else if ((wEPVal &EP_SETUP) != 0)
+        {
+          _ClearEP_CTR_RX(ENDP0); /* SETUP bit kept frozen while CTR_RX = 1 */
+          Setup0_Process();
+          /* before terminate set Tx & Rx status */
+          _SetEPRxStatus(ENDP0, SaveRState);
+          _SetEPTxStatus(ENDP0, SaveTState);
+          return;
+        }
+
+        else if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) != 0)
+        {
+          _ClearEP_CTR_RX(ENDP0);
+          Out0_Process();
+          /* before terminate set Tx & Rx status */
+          _SetEPRxStatus(ENDP0, SaveRState);
+          _SetEPTxStatus(ENDP0, SaveTState);
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+    }/* if(EPindex == 0) */
+    else
+    {
+      /* Decode and service non control endpoints interrupt  */
+
+      /* process related endpoint register */
+      wEPVal = _GetENDPOINT(EPindex);
+      if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) != 0)
+      {
+        /* clear int flag */
+        _ClearEP_CTR_RX(EPindex);
+
+        /* call OUT service function */
+        (*pEpInt_OUT[EPindex-1])();
+
+      } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) */
+
+      if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_TX) != 0)
+      {
+        /* clear int flag */
+        _ClearEP_CTR_TX(EPindex);
+
+        /* call IN service function */
+        (*pEpInt_IN[EPindex-1])();
+      } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_TX) != 0) */
+
+    }/* if(EPindex == 0) else */
+
+  }/* while(...) */
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : CTR_HP.
+* Description    : High Priority Endpoint Correct Transfer interrupt's service 
+*                  routine.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void CTR_HP(void)
+{
+  u32 wEPVal = 0;
+
+  while (((wIstr = _GetISTR()) & ISTR_CTR) != 0)
+  {
+    _SetISTR((u16)CLR_CTR); /* clear CTR flag */
+    /* extract highest priority endpoint number */
+    EPindex = (u8)(wIstr & ISTR_EP_ID);
+    /* process related endpoint register */
+    wEPVal = _GetENDPOINT(EPindex);
+    if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) != 0)
+    {
+      /* clear int flag */
+      _ClearEP_CTR_RX(EPindex);
+
+      /* call OUT service function */
+      (*pEpInt_OUT[EPindex-1])();
+
+    } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) */
+    else if ((wEPVal & EP_CTR_TX) != 0)
+    {
+      /* clear int flag */
+      _ClearEP_CTR_TX(EPindex);
+
+      /* call IN service function */
+      (*pEpInt_IN[EPindex-1])();
+
+
+    } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_TX) != 0) */
+
+  }/* while(...) */
+}
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_int.h b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_int.h
index 10a33fb..5c14711 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_int.h
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_int.h
@@ -1,41 +1,41 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_int.h

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Endpoint CTR (Low and High) interrupt's service routines

-*                      prototypes

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/

-#ifndef __USB_INT_H

-#define __USB_INT_H

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-extern "C" {

-#endif

-

-void CTR_LP(void);

-void CTR_HP(void);

-

-/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-}

-#endif

-

-#endif /* __USB_INT_H */

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_int.h
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Endpoint CTR (Low and High) interrupt's service routines
+*                      prototypes
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __USB_INT_H
+#define __USB_INT_H
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+void CTR_LP(void);
+void CTR_HP(void);
+
+/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USB_INT_H */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_lib.h b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_lib.h
index 5d14b5a..4437b8d 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_lib.h
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_lib.h
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_lib.h

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : USB library include files

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/

-#ifndef __USB_LIB_H

-#define __USB_LIB_H

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#include "usb_type.h"

-#include "usb_regs.h"

-#include "usb_def.h"

-#include "usb_core.h"

-#include "usb_init.h"

-#include "usb_mem.h"

-#include "usb_int.h"

-

-/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */

-/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#endif /* __USB_LIB_H */

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_lib.h
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : USB library include files
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __USB_LIB_H
+#define __USB_LIB_H
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usb_type.h"
+#include "usb_regs.h"
+#include "usb_def.h"
+#include "usb_core.h"
+#include "usb_init.h"
+#include "usb_mem.h"
+#include "usb_int.h"
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#endif /* __USB_LIB_H */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_mem.c b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_mem.c
index 90ffc62..ad9740a 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_mem.c
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_mem.c
@@ -1,73 +1,73 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_mem.c

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Utility functions for memory transfers to/from PMA

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#include "usb_lib.h"

-

-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Extern variables ----------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : UserToPMABufferCopy

-* Description    : Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA)

-* Input          : - pbUsrBuf: pointer to user memory area.

-*                  - wPMABufAddr: address into PMA.

-*                  - wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None                           .

-*******************************************************************************/

-void UserToPMABufferCopy(const u8 *pbUsrBuf, u16 wPMABufAddr, u16 wNBytes)

-{

-  u32 n = (wNBytes + 1) >> 1;   /* n = (wNBytes + 1) / 2 */

-  u32 i, temp1, temp2;

-  u16 *pdwVal;

-  pdwVal = (u16 *)(wPMABufAddr * 2 + PMAAddr);

-  for (i = n; i != 0; i--)

-  {

-    temp1 = (u16) * pbUsrBuf;

-    pbUsrBuf++;

-    temp2 = temp1 | (u16) * pbUsrBuf << 8;

-    *pdwVal++ = temp2;

-    pdwVal++;

-    pbUsrBuf++;

-  }

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : PMAToUserBufferCopy

-* Description    : Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA)

-* Input          : - pbUsrBuf    = pointer to user memory area.

-*                  - wPMABufAddr = address into PMA.

-*                  - wNBytes     = no. of bytes to be copied.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void PMAToUserBufferCopy(u8 *pbUsrBuf, u16 wPMABufAddr, u16 wNBytes)

-{

-  u32 n = (wNBytes + 1) >> 1;/* /2*/

-  u32 i;

-  u32 *pdwVal;

-  pdwVal = (u32 *)(wPMABufAddr * 2 + PMAAddr);

-  for (i = n; i != 0; i--)

-  {

-    *(u16*)pbUsrBuf++ = *pdwVal++;

-    pbUsrBuf++;

-  }

-}

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_mem.c
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Utility functions for memory transfers to/from PMA
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usb_lib.h"
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Extern variables ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : UserToPMABufferCopy
+* Description    : Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA)
+* Input          : - pbUsrBuf: pointer to user memory area.
+*                  - wPMABufAddr: address into PMA.
+*                  - wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None                           .
+*******************************************************************************/
+void UserToPMABufferCopy(const u8 *pbUsrBuf, u16 wPMABufAddr, u16 wNBytes)
+{
+  u32 n = (wNBytes + 1) >> 1;   /* n = (wNBytes + 1) / 2 */
+  u32 i, temp1, temp2;
+  u16 *pdwVal;
+  pdwVal = (u16 *)(wPMABufAddr * 2 + PMAAddr);
+  for (i = n; i != 0; i--)
+  {
+    temp1 = (u16) * pbUsrBuf;
+    pbUsrBuf++;
+    temp2 = temp1 | (u16) * pbUsrBuf << 8;
+    *pdwVal++ = temp2;
+    pdwVal++;
+    pbUsrBuf++;
+  }
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : PMAToUserBufferCopy
+* Description    : Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA)
+* Input          : - pbUsrBuf    = pointer to user memory area.
+*                  - wPMABufAddr = address into PMA.
+*                  - wNBytes     = no. of bytes to be copied.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void PMAToUserBufferCopy(u8 *pbUsrBuf, u16 wPMABufAddr, u16 wNBytes)
+{
+  u32 n = (wNBytes + 1) >> 1;/* /2*/
+  u32 i;
+  u32 *pdwVal;
+  pdwVal = (u32 *)(wPMABufAddr * 2 + PMAAddr);
+  for (i = n; i != 0; i--)
+  {
+    *(u16*)pbUsrBuf++ = *pdwVal++;
+    pbUsrBuf++;
+  }
+}
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_mem.h b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_mem.h
index 60ff9f1..b0e0474 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_mem.h
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_mem.h
@@ -1,40 +1,40 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_mem.h

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Utility prototypes functions for memory/PMA transfers

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/

-#ifndef __USB_MEM_H

-#define __USB_MEM_H

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-extern "C" {

-#endif

-

-void UserToPMABufferCopy(const u8 *pbUsrBuf, u16 wPMABufAddr, u16 wNBytes);

-void PMAToUserBufferCopy(u8 *pbUsrBuf, u16 wPMABufAddr, u16 wNBytes);

-

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-}

-#endif

-

-/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#endif  /*__USB_MEM_H*/

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_mem.h
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Utility prototypes functions for memory/PMA transfers
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __USB_MEM_H
+#define __USB_MEM_H
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+void UserToPMABufferCopy(const u8 *pbUsrBuf, u16 wPMABufAddr, u16 wNBytes);
+void PMAToUserBufferCopy(u8 *pbUsrBuf, u16 wPMABufAddr, u16 wNBytes);
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+}
+#endif
+
+/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#endif  /*__USB_MEM_H*/
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_regs.c b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_regs.c
index c28ef5a..c7e0276 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_regs.c
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_regs.c
@@ -1,748 +1,748 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_regs.c

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Interface functions to USB cell registers

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#include "usb_lib.h"

-

-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Extern variables ----------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/

-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetCNTR.

-* Description    : Set the CNTR register value.

-* Input          : wRegValue: new register value.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetCNTR(u16 wRegValue)

-{

-  _SetCNTR(wRegValue);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetCNTR.

-* Description    : returns the CNTR register value.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : CNTR register Value.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetCNTR(void)

-{

-  return(_GetCNTR());

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetISTR.

-* Description    : Set the ISTR register value.

-* Input          : wRegValue: new register value.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetISTR(u16 wRegValue)

-{

-  _SetISTR(wRegValue);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetISTR

-* Description    : Returns the ISTR register value.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : ISTR register Value

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetISTR(void)

-{

-  return(_GetISTR());

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetFNR

-* Description    : Returns the FNR register value.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : FNR register Value

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetFNR(void)

-{

-  return(_GetFNR());

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetDADDR

-* Description    : Set the DADDR register value.

-* Input          : wRegValue: new register value.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetDADDR(u16 wRegValue)

-{

-  _SetDADDR(wRegValue);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetDADDR

-* Description    : Returns the DADDR register value.

-* Input          : None.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : DADDR register Value

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetDADDR(void)

-{

-  return(_GetDADDR());

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetBTABLE

-* Description    : Set the BTABLE.

-* Input          : wRegValue: New register value.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetBTABLE(u16 wRegValue)

-{

-  _SetBTABLE(wRegValue);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetBTABLE.

-* Description    : Returns the BTABLE register value.

-* Input          : None. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : BTABLE address.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetBTABLE(void)

-{

-  return(_GetBTABLE());

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetENDPOINT

-* Description    : Setthe Endpoint register value.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-*                  wRegValue.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetENDPOINT(u8 bEpNum, u16 wRegValue)

-{

-  _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, wRegValue);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetENDPOINT

-* Description    : Return the Endpoint register value.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Endpoint register value.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetENDPOINT(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum));

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPType

-* Description    : sets the type in the endpoint register.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-*                  wType: type definition.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPType(u8 bEpNum, u16 wType)

-{

-  _SetEPType(bEpNum, wType);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPType

-* Description    : Returns the endpoint type.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Endpoint Type

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetEPType(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPType(bEpNum));

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPTxStatus

-* Description    : Set the status of Tx endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-*                  wState: new state.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPTxStatus(u8 bEpNum, u16 wState)

-{

-  _SetEPTxStatus(bEpNum, wState);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPRxStatus

-* Description    : Set the status of Rx endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-*                  wState: new state.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPRxStatus(u8 bEpNum, u16 wState)

-{

-  _SetEPRxStatus(bEpNum, wState);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetDouBleBuffEPStall

-* Description    : sets the status for Double Buffer Endpoint to STALL

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-*                  bDir: Endpoint direction.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetDouBleBuffEPStall(u8 bEpNum, u8 bDir)

-{

-  u16 Endpoint_DTOG_Status;

-  Endpoint_DTOG_Status = GetENDPOINT(bEpNum);

-  if (bDir == EP_DBUF_OUT)

-  { /* OUT double buffered endpoint */

-    _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, Endpoint_DTOG_Status & ~EPRX_DTOG1);

-  }

-  else if (bDir == EP_DBUF_IN)

-  { /* IN double buffered endpoint */

-    _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, Endpoint_DTOG_Status & ~EPTX_DTOG1);

-  }

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPTxStatus

-* Description    : Returns the endpoint Tx status.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Endpoint TX Status

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetEPTxStatus(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPTxStatus(bEpNum));

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPRxStatus

-* Description    : Returns the endpoint Rx status.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Endpoint RX Status

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetEPRxStatus(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPRxStatus(bEpNum));

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPTxValid

-* Description    : Valid the endpoint Tx Status.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.  

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPTxValid(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _SetEPTxStatus(bEpNum, EP_TX_VALID);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPRxValid

-* Description    : Valid the endpoint Rx Status.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPRxValid(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _SetEPRxStatus(bEpNum, EP_RX_VALID);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEP_KIND

-* Description    : Clear the EP_KIND bit.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEP_KIND(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum);

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : ClearEP_KIND

-* Description    : set the  EP_KIND bit.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void ClearEP_KIND(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Clear_Status_Out

-* Description    : Clear the Status Out of the related Endpoint

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void Clear_Status_Out(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : Set_Status_Out

-* Description    : Set the Status Out of the related Endpoint

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void Set_Status_Out(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPDoubleBuff

-* Description    : Enable the double buffer feature for the endpoint. 

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPDoubleBuff(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : ClearEPDoubleBuff

-* Description    : Disable the double buffer feature for the endpoint. 

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void ClearEPDoubleBuff(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetTxStallStatus

-* Description    : Returns the Stall status of the Tx endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Tx Stall status.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetTxStallStatus(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetTxStallStatus(bEpNum));

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetRxStallStatus

-* Description    : Returns the Stall status of the Rx endpoint. 

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Rx Stall status.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetRxStallStatus(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetRxStallStatus(bEpNum));

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : ClearEP_CTR_RX

-* Description    : Clear the CTR_RX bit.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void ClearEP_CTR_RX(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _ClearEP_CTR_RX(bEpNum);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : ClearEP_CTR_TX

-* Description    : Clear the CTR_TX bit.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void ClearEP_CTR_TX(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _ClearEP_CTR_TX(bEpNum);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : ToggleDTOG_RX

-* Description    : Toggle the DTOG_RX bit.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void ToggleDTOG_RX(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _ToggleDTOG_RX(bEpNum);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : ToggleDTOG_TX

-* Description    : Toggle the DTOG_TX bit.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void ToggleDTOG_TX(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _ToggleDTOG_TX(bEpNum);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : ClearDTOG_RX.

-* Description    : Clear the DTOG_RX bit.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void ClearDTOG_RX(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _ClearDTOG_RX(bEpNum);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : ClearDTOG_TX.

-* Description    : Clear the DTOG_TX bit.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void ClearDTOG_TX(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  _ClearDTOG_TX(bEpNum);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPAddress

-* Description    : Set the endpoint address.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-*                  bAddr: New endpoint address.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPAddress(u8 bEpNum, u8 bAddr)

-{

-  _SetEPAddress(bEpNum, bAddr);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPAddress

-* Description    : Get the endpoint address.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Endpoint address.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u8 GetEPAddress(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPAddress(bEpNum));

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPTxAddr

-* Description    : Set the endpoint Tx buffer address.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-*                  wAddr: new address. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPTxAddr(u8 bEpNum, u16 wAddr)

-{

-  _SetEPTxAddr(bEpNum, wAddr);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPRxAddr

-* Description    : Set the endpoint Rx buffer address.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-*                  wAddr: new address.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPRxAddr(u8 bEpNum, u16 wAddr)

-{

-  _SetEPRxAddr(bEpNum, wAddr);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPTxAddr

-* Description    : Returns the endpoint Tx buffer address.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Rx buffer address. 

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetEPTxAddr(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPTxAddr(bEpNum));

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPRxAddr.

-* Description    : Returns the endpoint Rx buffer address.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Rx buffer address.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetEPRxAddr(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPRxAddr(bEpNum));

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPTxCount.

-* Description    : Set the Tx count.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-*                  wCount: new count value.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPTxCount(u8 bEpNum, u16 wCount)

-{

-  _SetEPTxCount(bEpNum, wCount);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPCountRxReg.

-* Description    : Set the Count Rx Register value.

-* Input          : *pdwReg: point to the register.

-*                  wCount: the new register value.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPCountRxReg(u32 *pdwReg, u16 wCount)

-{

-  _SetEPCountRxReg(dwReg, wCount);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPRxCount

-* Description    : Set the Rx count.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-*                  wCount: the new count value.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPRxCount(u8 bEpNum, u16 wCount)

-{

-  _SetEPRxCount(bEpNum, wCount);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPTxCount

-* Description    : Get the Tx count.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None

-* Return         : Tx count value.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetEPTxCount(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPTxCount(bEpNum));

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPRxCount

-* Description    : Get the Rx count.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Rx count value.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetEPRxCount(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPRxCount(bEpNum));

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuffAddr

-* Description    : Set the addresses of the buffer 0 and 1.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.  

-*                  wBuf0Addr: new address of buffer 0. 

-*                  wBuf1Addr: new address of buffer 1.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPDblBuffAddr(u8 bEpNum, u16 wBuf0Addr, u16 wBuf1Addr)

-{

-  _SetEPDblBuffAddr(bEpNum, wBuf0Addr, wBuf1Addr);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuf0Addr

-* Description    : Set the Buffer 1 address.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number

-*                  wBuf0Addr: new address.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPDblBuf0Addr(u8 bEpNum, u16 wBuf0Addr)

-{

-  _SetEPDblBuf0Addr(bEpNum, wBuf0Addr);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuf1Addr

-* Description    : Set the Buffer 1 address.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number

-*                  wBuf1Addr: new address.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPDblBuf1Addr(u8 bEpNum, u16 wBuf1Addr)

-{

-  _SetEPDblBuf1Addr(bEpNum, wBuf1Addr);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPDblBuf0Addr

-* Description    : Returns the address of the Buffer 0.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetEPDblBuf0Addr(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPDblBuf0Addr(bEpNum));

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPDblBuf1Addr

-* Description    : Returns the address of the Buffer 1.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Address of the Buffer 1.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetEPDblBuf1Addr(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPDblBuf1Addr(bEpNum));

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuffCount

-* Description    : Set the number of bytes for a double Buffer 

-*                  endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum,bDir, wCount

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPDblBuffCount(u8 bEpNum, u8 bDir, u16 wCount)

-{

-  _SetEPDblBuffCount(bEpNum, bDir, wCount);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuf0Count

-* Description    : Set the number of bytes in the buffer 0 of a double Buffer 

-*                  endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum, bDir,  wCount

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPDblBuf0Count(u8 bEpNum, u8 bDir, u16 wCount)

-{

-  _SetEPDblBuf0Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuf1Count

-* Description    : Set the number of bytes in the buffer 0 of a double Buffer 

-*                  endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum,  bDir,  wCount

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void SetEPDblBuf1Count(u8 bEpNum, u8 bDir, u16 wCount)

-{

-  _SetEPDblBuf1Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPDblBuf0Count

-* Description    : Returns the number of byte received in the buffer 0 of a double

-*                  Buffer endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Endpoint Buffer 0 count

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetEPDblBuf0Count(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPDblBuf0Count(bEpNum));

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPDblBuf1Count

-* Description    : Returns the number of data received in the buffer 1 of a double

-*                  Buffer endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Endpoint Buffer 1 count.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 GetEPDblBuf1Count(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  return(_GetEPDblBuf1Count(bEpNum));

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : GetEPDblBufDir

-* Description    : gets direction of the double buffered endpoint

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : EP_DBUF_OUT, EP_DBUF_IN,

-*                  EP_DBUF_ERR if the endpoint counter not yet programmed.

-*******************************************************************************/

-EP_DBUF_DIR GetEPDblBufDir(u8 bEpNum)

-{

-  if ((u16)(*_pEPRxCount(bEpNum) & 0xFC00) != 0)

-    return(EP_DBUF_OUT);

-  else if (((u16)(*_pEPTxCount(bEpNum)) & 0x03FF) != 0)

-    return(EP_DBUF_IN);

-  else

-    return(EP_DBUF_ERR);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : FreeUserBuffer

-* Description    : free buffer used from the application realizing it to the line

-                   toggles bit SW_BUF in the double buffered endpoint register

-* Input          : bEpNum, bDir

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-void FreeUserBuffer(u8 bEpNum, u8 bDir)

-{

-  if (bDir == EP_DBUF_OUT)

-  { /* OUT double buffered endpoint */

-    _ToggleDTOG_TX(bEpNum);

-  }

-  else if (bDir == EP_DBUF_IN)

-  { /* IN double buffered endpoint */

-    _ToggleDTOG_RX(bEpNum);

-  }

-}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : ToWord

-* Description    : merge two byte in a word.

-* Input          : bh: byte high, bl: bytes low.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : resulted word.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 ToWord(u8 bh, u8 bl)

-{

-  u16 wRet;

-  wRet = (u16)bl | ((u16)bh << 8);

-  return(wRet);

-}

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Function Name  : ByteSwap

-* Description    : Swap two byte in a word.

-* Input          : wSwW: word to Swap.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : resulted word.

-*******************************************************************************/

-u16 ByteSwap(u16 wSwW)

-{

-  u8 bTemp;

-  u16 wRet;

-  bTemp = (u8)(wSwW & 0xff);

-  wRet =  (wSwW >> 8) | ((u16)bTemp << 8);

-  return(wRet);

-}

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_regs.c
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Interface functions to USB cell registers
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usb_lib.h"
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Extern variables ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetCNTR.
+* Description    : Set the CNTR register value.
+* Input          : wRegValue: new register value.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetCNTR(u16 wRegValue)
+{
+  _SetCNTR(wRegValue);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetCNTR.
+* Description    : returns the CNTR register value.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : CNTR register Value.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetCNTR(void)
+{
+  return(_GetCNTR());
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetISTR.
+* Description    : Set the ISTR register value.
+* Input          : wRegValue: new register value.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetISTR(u16 wRegValue)
+{
+  _SetISTR(wRegValue);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetISTR
+* Description    : Returns the ISTR register value.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : ISTR register Value
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetISTR(void)
+{
+  return(_GetISTR());
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetFNR
+* Description    : Returns the FNR register value.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : FNR register Value
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetFNR(void)
+{
+  return(_GetFNR());
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetDADDR
+* Description    : Set the DADDR register value.
+* Input          : wRegValue: new register value.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetDADDR(u16 wRegValue)
+{
+  _SetDADDR(wRegValue);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetDADDR
+* Description    : Returns the DADDR register value.
+* Input          : None.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : DADDR register Value
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetDADDR(void)
+{
+  return(_GetDADDR());
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetBTABLE
+* Description    : Set the BTABLE.
+* Input          : wRegValue: New register value.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetBTABLE(u16 wRegValue)
+{
+  _SetBTABLE(wRegValue);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetBTABLE.
+* Description    : Returns the BTABLE register value.
+* Input          : None. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : BTABLE address.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetBTABLE(void)
+{
+  return(_GetBTABLE());
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetENDPOINT
+* Description    : Setthe Endpoint register value.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+*                  wRegValue.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetENDPOINT(u8 bEpNum, u16 wRegValue)
+{
+  _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, wRegValue);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetENDPOINT
+* Description    : Return the Endpoint register value.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Endpoint register value.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetENDPOINT(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum));
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPType
+* Description    : sets the type in the endpoint register.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+*                  wType: type definition.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPType(u8 bEpNum, u16 wType)
+{
+  _SetEPType(bEpNum, wType);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPType
+* Description    : Returns the endpoint type.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Endpoint Type
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetEPType(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPType(bEpNum));
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPTxStatus
+* Description    : Set the status of Tx endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+*                  wState: new state.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPTxStatus(u8 bEpNum, u16 wState)
+{
+  _SetEPTxStatus(bEpNum, wState);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPRxStatus
+* Description    : Set the status of Rx endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+*                  wState: new state.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPRxStatus(u8 bEpNum, u16 wState)
+{
+  _SetEPRxStatus(bEpNum, wState);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetDouBleBuffEPStall
+* Description    : sets the status for Double Buffer Endpoint to STALL
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+*                  bDir: Endpoint direction.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetDouBleBuffEPStall(u8 bEpNum, u8 bDir)
+{
+  u16 Endpoint_DTOG_Status;
+  Endpoint_DTOG_Status = GetENDPOINT(bEpNum);
+  if (bDir == EP_DBUF_OUT)
+  { /* OUT double buffered endpoint */
+    _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, Endpoint_DTOG_Status & ~EPRX_DTOG1);
+  }
+  else if (bDir == EP_DBUF_IN)
+  { /* IN double buffered endpoint */
+    _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, Endpoint_DTOG_Status & ~EPTX_DTOG1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPTxStatus
+* Description    : Returns the endpoint Tx status.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Endpoint TX Status
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetEPTxStatus(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPTxStatus(bEpNum));
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPRxStatus
+* Description    : Returns the endpoint Rx status.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Endpoint RX Status
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetEPRxStatus(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPRxStatus(bEpNum));
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPTxValid
+* Description    : Valid the endpoint Tx Status.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.  
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPTxValid(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _SetEPTxStatus(bEpNum, EP_TX_VALID);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPRxValid
+* Description    : Valid the endpoint Rx Status.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPRxValid(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _SetEPRxStatus(bEpNum, EP_RX_VALID);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEP_KIND
+* Description    : Clear the EP_KIND bit.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEP_KIND(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum);
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : ClearEP_KIND
+* Description    : set the  EP_KIND bit.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void ClearEP_KIND(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Clear_Status_Out
+* Description    : Clear the Status Out of the related Endpoint
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void Clear_Status_Out(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : Set_Status_Out
+* Description    : Set the Status Out of the related Endpoint
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void Set_Status_Out(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPDoubleBuff
+* Description    : Enable the double buffer feature for the endpoint. 
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPDoubleBuff(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : ClearEPDoubleBuff
+* Description    : Disable the double buffer feature for the endpoint. 
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void ClearEPDoubleBuff(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetTxStallStatus
+* Description    : Returns the Stall status of the Tx endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Tx Stall status.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetTxStallStatus(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetTxStallStatus(bEpNum));
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetRxStallStatus
+* Description    : Returns the Stall status of the Rx endpoint. 
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Rx Stall status.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetRxStallStatus(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetRxStallStatus(bEpNum));
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : ClearEP_CTR_RX
+* Description    : Clear the CTR_RX bit.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void ClearEP_CTR_RX(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _ClearEP_CTR_RX(bEpNum);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : ClearEP_CTR_TX
+* Description    : Clear the CTR_TX bit.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void ClearEP_CTR_TX(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _ClearEP_CTR_TX(bEpNum);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : ToggleDTOG_RX
+* Description    : Toggle the DTOG_RX bit.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void ToggleDTOG_RX(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _ToggleDTOG_RX(bEpNum);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : ToggleDTOG_TX
+* Description    : Toggle the DTOG_TX bit.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void ToggleDTOG_TX(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _ToggleDTOG_TX(bEpNum);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : ClearDTOG_RX.
+* Description    : Clear the DTOG_RX bit.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void ClearDTOG_RX(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _ClearDTOG_RX(bEpNum);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : ClearDTOG_TX.
+* Description    : Clear the DTOG_TX bit.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void ClearDTOG_TX(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  _ClearDTOG_TX(bEpNum);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPAddress
+* Description    : Set the endpoint address.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+*                  bAddr: New endpoint address.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPAddress(u8 bEpNum, u8 bAddr)
+{
+  _SetEPAddress(bEpNum, bAddr);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPAddress
+* Description    : Get the endpoint address.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Endpoint address.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u8 GetEPAddress(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPAddress(bEpNum));
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPTxAddr
+* Description    : Set the endpoint Tx buffer address.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+*                  wAddr: new address. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPTxAddr(u8 bEpNum, u16 wAddr)
+{
+  _SetEPTxAddr(bEpNum, wAddr);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPRxAddr
+* Description    : Set the endpoint Rx buffer address.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+*                  wAddr: new address.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPRxAddr(u8 bEpNum, u16 wAddr)
+{
+  _SetEPRxAddr(bEpNum, wAddr);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPTxAddr
+* Description    : Returns the endpoint Tx buffer address.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Rx buffer address. 
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetEPTxAddr(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPTxAddr(bEpNum));
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPRxAddr.
+* Description    : Returns the endpoint Rx buffer address.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Rx buffer address.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetEPRxAddr(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPRxAddr(bEpNum));
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPTxCount.
+* Description    : Set the Tx count.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+*                  wCount: new count value.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPTxCount(u8 bEpNum, u16 wCount)
+{
+  _SetEPTxCount(bEpNum, wCount);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPCountRxReg.
+* Description    : Set the Count Rx Register value.
+* Input          : *pdwReg: point to the register.
+*                  wCount: the new register value.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPCountRxReg(u32 *pdwReg, u16 wCount)
+{
+  _SetEPCountRxReg(dwReg, wCount);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPRxCount
+* Description    : Set the Rx count.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+*                  wCount: the new count value.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPRxCount(u8 bEpNum, u16 wCount)
+{
+  _SetEPRxCount(bEpNum, wCount);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPTxCount
+* Description    : Get the Tx count.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None
+* Return         : Tx count value.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetEPTxCount(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPTxCount(bEpNum));
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPRxCount
+* Description    : Get the Rx count.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Rx count value.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetEPRxCount(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPRxCount(bEpNum));
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuffAddr
+* Description    : Set the addresses of the buffer 0 and 1.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.  
+*                  wBuf0Addr: new address of buffer 0. 
+*                  wBuf1Addr: new address of buffer 1.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPDblBuffAddr(u8 bEpNum, u16 wBuf0Addr, u16 wBuf1Addr)
+{
+  _SetEPDblBuffAddr(bEpNum, wBuf0Addr, wBuf1Addr);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuf0Addr
+* Description    : Set the Buffer 1 address.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number
+*                  wBuf0Addr: new address.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPDblBuf0Addr(u8 bEpNum, u16 wBuf0Addr)
+{
+  _SetEPDblBuf0Addr(bEpNum, wBuf0Addr);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuf1Addr
+* Description    : Set the Buffer 1 address.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number
+*                  wBuf1Addr: new address.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPDblBuf1Addr(u8 bEpNum, u16 wBuf1Addr)
+{
+  _SetEPDblBuf1Addr(bEpNum, wBuf1Addr);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPDblBuf0Addr
+* Description    : Returns the address of the Buffer 0.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetEPDblBuf0Addr(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPDblBuf0Addr(bEpNum));
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPDblBuf1Addr
+* Description    : Returns the address of the Buffer 1.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Address of the Buffer 1.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetEPDblBuf1Addr(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPDblBuf1Addr(bEpNum));
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuffCount
+* Description    : Set the number of bytes for a double Buffer 
+*                  endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum,bDir, wCount
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPDblBuffCount(u8 bEpNum, u8 bDir, u16 wCount)
+{
+  _SetEPDblBuffCount(bEpNum, bDir, wCount);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuf0Count
+* Description    : Set the number of bytes in the buffer 0 of a double Buffer 
+*                  endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum, bDir,  wCount
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPDblBuf0Count(u8 bEpNum, u8 bDir, u16 wCount)
+{
+  _SetEPDblBuf0Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : SetEPDblBuf1Count
+* Description    : Set the number of bytes in the buffer 0 of a double Buffer 
+*                  endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum,  bDir,  wCount
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SetEPDblBuf1Count(u8 bEpNum, u8 bDir, u16 wCount)
+{
+  _SetEPDblBuf1Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPDblBuf0Count
+* Description    : Returns the number of byte received in the buffer 0 of a double
+*                  Buffer endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Endpoint Buffer 0 count
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetEPDblBuf0Count(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPDblBuf0Count(bEpNum));
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPDblBuf1Count
+* Description    : Returns the number of data received in the buffer 1 of a double
+*                  Buffer endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Endpoint Buffer 1 count.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 GetEPDblBuf1Count(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  return(_GetEPDblBuf1Count(bEpNum));
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : GetEPDblBufDir
+* Description    : gets direction of the double buffered endpoint
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : EP_DBUF_OUT, EP_DBUF_IN,
+*                  EP_DBUF_ERR if the endpoint counter not yet programmed.
+*******************************************************************************/
+EP_DBUF_DIR GetEPDblBufDir(u8 bEpNum)
+{
+  if ((u16)(*_pEPRxCount(bEpNum) & 0xFC00) != 0)
+    return(EP_DBUF_OUT);
+  else if (((u16)(*_pEPTxCount(bEpNum)) & 0x03FF) != 0)
+    return(EP_DBUF_IN);
+  else
+    return(EP_DBUF_ERR);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : FreeUserBuffer
+* Description    : free buffer used from the application realizing it to the line
+                   toggles bit SW_BUF in the double buffered endpoint register
+* Input          : bEpNum, bDir
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void FreeUserBuffer(u8 bEpNum, u8 bDir)
+{
+  if (bDir == EP_DBUF_OUT)
+  { /* OUT double buffered endpoint */
+    _ToggleDTOG_TX(bEpNum);
+  }
+  else if (bDir == EP_DBUF_IN)
+  { /* IN double buffered endpoint */
+    _ToggleDTOG_RX(bEpNum);
+  }
+}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : ToWord
+* Description    : merge two byte in a word.
+* Input          : bh: byte high, bl: bytes low.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : resulted word.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 ToWord(u8 bh, u8 bl)
+{
+  u16 wRet;
+  wRet = (u16)bl | ((u16)bh << 8);
+  return(wRet);
+}
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Function Name  : ByteSwap
+* Description    : Swap two byte in a word.
+* Input          : wSwW: word to Swap.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : resulted word.
+*******************************************************************************/
+u16 ByteSwap(u16 wSwW)
+{
+  u8 bTemp;
+  u16 wRet;
+  bTemp = (u8)(wSwW & 0xff);
+  wRet =  (wSwW >> 8) | ((u16)bTemp << 8);
+  return(wRet);
+}
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_regs.h b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_regs.h
index 9a4df75..a888f72 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_regs.h
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_regs.h
@@ -1,627 +1,627 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_regs.h

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Interface prototype functions to USB cell registers

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/

-#ifndef __USB_REGS_H

-#define __USB_REGS_H

-

-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-extern "C" {

-#endif

-

-typedef enum _EP_DBUF_DIR

-{

-  /* double buffered endpoint direction */

-  EP_DBUF_ERR,

-  EP_DBUF_OUT,

-  EP_DBUF_IN

-}EP_DBUF_DIR;

-

-/* endpoint buffer number */

-enum EP_BUF_NUM

-{

-  EP_NOBUF,

-  EP_BUF0,

-  EP_BUF1

-};

-

-/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/

-#define RegBase  (0x40005C00L)  /* USB_IP Peripheral Registers base address */

-#define PMAAddr  (0x40006000L)  /* USB_IP Packet Memory Area base address   */

-

-/******************************************************************************/

-/*                         General registers                                  */

-/******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Control register */

-#define CNTR    ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase + 0x40))

-/* Interrupt status register */

-#define ISTR    ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase + 0x44))

-/* Frame number register */

-#define FNR     ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase + 0x48))

-/* Device address register */

-#define DADDR   ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase + 0x4C))

-/* Buffer Table address register */

-#define BTABLE  ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase + 0x50))

-/******************************************************************************/

-/*                         Endpoint registers                                 */

-/******************************************************************************/

-#define EP0REG  ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase)) /* endpoint 0 register address */

-

-/* endpoints enumeration */

-#define ENDP0   ((u8)0)

-#define ENDP1   ((u8)1)

-#define ENDP2   ((u8)2)

-#define ENDP3   ((u8)3)

-#define ENDP4   ((u8)4)

-#define ENDP5   ((u8)5)

-#define ENDP6   ((u8)6)

-#define ENDP7   ((u8)7)

-/******************************************************************************/

-/*                       ISTR interrupt events                                */

-/******************************************************************************/

-#define ISTR_CTR    (0x8000) /* Correct TRansfer (clear-only bit) */

-#define ISTR_DOVR   (0x4000) /* DMA OVeR/underrun (clear-only bit) */

-#define ISTR_ERR    (0x2000) /* ERRor (clear-only bit) */

-#define ISTR_WKUP   (0x1000) /* WaKe UP (clear-only bit) */

-#define ISTR_SUSP   (0x0800) /* SUSPend (clear-only bit) */

-#define ISTR_RESET  (0x0400) /* RESET (clear-only bit) */

-#define ISTR_SOF    (0x0200) /* Start Of Frame (clear-only bit) */

-#define ISTR_ESOF   (0x0100) /* Expected Start Of Frame (clear-only bit) */

-

-

-#define ISTR_DIR    (0x0010)  /* DIRection of transaction (read-only bit)  */

-#define ISTR_EP_ID  (0x000F)  /* EndPoint IDentifier (read-only bit)  */

-

-#define CLR_CTR    (~ISTR_CTR)   /* clear Correct TRansfer bit */

-#define CLR_DOVR   (~ISTR_DOVR)  /* clear DMA OVeR/underrun bit*/

-#define CLR_ERR    (~ISTR_ERR)   /* clear ERRor bit */

-#define CLR_WKUP   (~ISTR_WKUP)  /* clear WaKe UP bit     */

-#define CLR_SUSP   (~ISTR_SUSP)  /* clear SUSPend bit     */

-#define CLR_RESET  (~ISTR_RESET) /* clear RESET bit      */

-#define CLR_SOF    (~ISTR_SOF)   /* clear Start Of Frame bit   */

-#define CLR_ESOF   (~ISTR_ESOF)  /* clear Expected Start Of Frame bit */

-

-/******************************************************************************/

-/*             CNTR control register bits definitions                         */

-/******************************************************************************/

-#define CNTR_CTRM   (0x8000) /* Correct TRansfer Mask */

-#define CNTR_DOVRM  (0x4000) /* DMA OVeR/underrun Mask */

-#define CNTR_ERRM   (0x2000) /* ERRor Mask */

-#define CNTR_WKUPM  (0x1000) /* WaKe UP Mask */

-#define CNTR_SUSPM  (0x0800) /* SUSPend Mask */

-#define CNTR_RESETM (0x0400) /* RESET Mask   */

-#define CNTR_SOFM   (0x0200) /* Start Of Frame Mask */

-#define CNTR_ESOFM  (0x0100) /* Expected Start Of Frame Mask */

-

-

-#define CNTR_RESUME (0x0010) /* RESUME request */

-#define CNTR_FSUSP  (0x0008) /* Force SUSPend */

-#define CNTR_LPMODE (0x0004) /* Low-power MODE */

-#define CNTR_PDWN   (0x0002) /* Power DoWN */

-#define CNTR_FRES   (0x0001) /* Force USB RESet */

-

-/******************************************************************************/

-/*                FNR Frame Number Register bit definitions                   */

-/******************************************************************************/

-#define FNR_RXDP (0x8000) /* status of D+ data line */

-#define FNR_RXDM (0x4000) /* status of D- data line */

-#define FNR_LCK  (0x2000) /* LoCKed */

-#define FNR_LSOF (0x1800) /* Lost SOF */

-#define FNR_FN  (0x07FF) /* Frame Number */

-/******************************************************************************/

-/*               DADDR Device ADDRess bit definitions                         */

-/******************************************************************************/

-#define DADDR_EF (0x80)

-#define DADDR_ADD (0x7F)

-/******************************************************************************/

-/*                            Endpoint register                               */

-/******************************************************************************/

-/* bit positions */

-#define EP_CTR_RX      (0x8000) /* EndPoint Correct TRansfer RX */

-#define EP_DTOG_RX     (0x4000) /* EndPoint Data TOGGLE RX */

-#define EPRX_STAT      (0x3000) /* EndPoint RX STATus bit field */

-#define EP_SETUP       (0x0800) /* EndPoint SETUP */

-#define EP_T_FIELD     (0x0600) /* EndPoint TYPE */

-#define EP_KIND        (0x0100) /* EndPoint KIND */

-#define EP_CTR_TX      (0x0080) /* EndPoint Correct TRansfer TX */

-#define EP_DTOG_TX     (0x0040) /* EndPoint Data TOGGLE TX */

-#define EPTX_STAT      (0x0030) /* EndPoint TX STATus bit field */

-#define EPADDR_FIELD   (0x000F) /* EndPoint ADDRess FIELD */

-

-/* EndPoint REGister MASK (no toggle fields) */

-#define EPREG_MASK     (EP_CTR_RX|EP_SETUP|EP_T_FIELD|EP_KIND|EP_CTR_TX|EPADDR_FIELD)

-

-/* EP_TYPE[1:0] EndPoint TYPE */

-#define EP_TYPE_MASK   (0x0600) /* EndPoint TYPE Mask */

-#define EP_BULK        (0x0000) /* EndPoint BULK */

-#define EP_CONTROL     (0x0200) /* EndPoint CONTROL */

-#define EP_ISOCHRONOUS (0x0400) /* EndPoint ISOCHRONOUS */

-#define EP_INTERRUPT   (0x0600) /* EndPoint INTERRUPT */

-#define EP_T_MASK      (~EP_T_FIELD & EPREG_MASK)

-

-

-/* EP_KIND EndPoint KIND */

-#define EPKIND_MASK    (~EP_KIND & EPREG_MASK)

-

-/* STAT_TX[1:0] STATus for TX transfer */

-#define EP_TX_DIS      (0x0000) /* EndPoint TX DISabled */

-#define EP_TX_STALL    (0x0010) /* EndPoint TX STALLed */

-#define EP_TX_NAK      (0x0020) /* EndPoint TX NAKed */

-#define EP_TX_VALID    (0x0030) /* EndPoint TX VALID */

-#define EPTX_DTOG1     (0x0010) /* EndPoint TX Data TOGgle bit1 */

-#define EPTX_DTOG2     (0x0020) /* EndPoint TX Data TOGgle bit2 */

-#define EPTX_DTOGMASK  (EPTX_STAT|EPREG_MASK)

-

-/* STAT_RX[1:0] STATus for RX transfer */

-#define EP_RX_DIS      (0x0000) /* EndPoint RX DISabled */

-#define EP_RX_STALL    (0x1000) /* EndPoint RX STALLed */

-#define EP_RX_NAK      (0x2000) /* EndPoint RX NAKed */

-#define EP_RX_VALID    (0x3000) /* EndPoint RX VALID */

-#define EPRX_DTOG1     (0x1000) /* EndPoint RX Data TOGgle bit1 */

-#define EPRX_DTOG2     (0x2000) /* EndPoint RX Data TOGgle bit1 */

-#define EPRX_DTOGMASK  (EPRX_STAT|EPREG_MASK)

-/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* SetCNTR */

-#define _SetCNTR(wRegValue)  (*CNTR   = (u16)wRegValue)

-

-/* SetISTR */

-#define _SetISTR(wRegValue)  (*ISTR   = (u16)wRegValue)

-

-/* SetDADDR */

-#define _SetDADDR(wRegValue) (*DADDR  = (u16)wRegValue)

-

-/* SetBTABLE */

-#define _SetBTABLE(wRegValue)(*BTABLE = (u16)(wRegValue & 0xFFF8))

-

-/* GetCNTR */

-#define _GetCNTR()   ((u16) *CNTR)

-

-/* GetISTR */

-#define _GetISTR()   ((u16) *ISTR)

-

-/* GetFNR */

-#define _GetFNR()    ((u16) *FNR)

-

-/* GetDADDR */

-#define _GetDADDR()  ((u16) *DADDR)

-

-/* GetBTABLE */

-#define _GetBTABLE() ((u16) *BTABLE)

-

-/* SetENDPOINT */

-#define _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum,wRegValue)  (*(EP0REG + bEpNum)= \

-    (u16)wRegValue)

-

-/* GetENDPOINT */

-#define _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum)        ((u16)(*(EP0REG + bEpNum)))

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPType

-* Description    : sets the type in the endpoint register(bits EP_TYPE[1:0])

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-*                  wType

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEPType(bEpNum,wType) (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum,\

-                                  ((_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EP_T_MASK) | wType)))

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : GetEPType

-* Description    : gets the type in the endpoint register(bits EP_TYPE[1:0]) 

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Endpoint Type

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _GetEPType(bEpNum) (_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EP_T_FIELD)

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPTxStatus

-* Description    : sets the status for tx transfer (bits STAT_TX[1:0]).

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-*                  wState: new state

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEPTxStatus(bEpNum,wState) {\

-    register u16 _wRegVal;       \

-    _wRegVal = _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPTX_DTOGMASK;\

-    /* toggle first bit ? */     \

-    if((EPTX_DTOG1 & wState)!= 0)      \

-      _wRegVal ^= EPTX_DTOG1;        \

-    /* toggle second bit ?  */         \

-    if((EPTX_DTOG2 & wState)!= 0)      \

-      _wRegVal ^= EPTX_DTOG2;        \

-    _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, _wRegVal);    \

-  } /* _SetEPTxStatus */

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPRxStatus

-* Description    : sets the status for rx transfer (bits STAT_TX[1:0])

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-*                  wState: new state.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEPRxStatus(bEpNum,wState) {\

-    register u16 _wRegVal;   \

-    \

-    _wRegVal = _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPRX_DTOGMASK;\

-    /* toggle first bit ? */  \

-    if((EPRX_DTOG1 & wState)!= 0) \

-      _wRegVal ^= EPRX_DTOG1;  \

-    /* toggle second bit ? */  \

-    if((EPRX_DTOG2 & wState)!= 0) \

-      _wRegVal ^= EPRX_DTOG2;  \

-    _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, _wRegVal); \

-  } /* _SetEPRxStatus */

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : GetEPTxStatus / GetEPRxStatus 

-* Description    : gets the status for tx/rx transfer (bits STAT_TX[1:0]

-*                  /STAT_RX[1:0])

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : status .

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _GetEPTxStatus(bEpNum) ((u16)_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPTX_STAT)

-

-#define _GetEPRxStatus(bEpNum) ((u16)_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPRX_STAT)

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPTxValid / SetEPRxValid 

-* Description    : sets directly the VALID tx/rx-status into the enpoint register

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEPTxValid(bEpNum)     (_SetEPTxStatus(bEpNum, EP_TX_VALID))

-

-#define _SetEPRxValid(bEpNum)     (_SetEPRxStatus(bEpNum, EP_RX_VALID))

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : GetTxStallStatus / GetRxStallStatus.

-* Description    : checks stall condition in an endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : TRUE = endpoint in stall condition.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _GetTxStallStatus(bEpNum) (_GetEPTxStatus(bEpNum) \

-                                   == EP_TX_STALL)

-#define _GetRxStallStatus(bEpNum) (_GetEPRxStatus(bEpNum) \

-                                   == EP_RX_STALL)

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEP_KIND / ClearEP_KIND.

-* Description    : set & clear EP_KIND bit.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum)    (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, \

-                                (_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) | EP_KIND) & EPREG_MASK))

-#define _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum)  (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, \

-                                (_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPKIND_MASK)))

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : Set_Status_Out / Clear_Status_Out.

-* Description    : Sets/clears directly STATUS_OUT bit in the endpoint register.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _Set_Status_Out(bEpNum)    _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum)

-#define _Clear_Status_Out(bEpNum)  _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum)

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPDoubleBuff / ClearEPDoubleBuff.

-* Description    : Sets/clears directly EP_KIND bit in the endpoint register.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEPDoubleBuff(bEpNum)   _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum)

-#define _ClearEPDoubleBuff(bEpNum) _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum)

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : ClearEP_CTR_RX / ClearEP_CTR_TX.

-* Description    : Clears bit CTR_RX / CTR_TX in the endpoint register.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _ClearEP_CTR_RX(bEpNum)   (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum,\

-                                   _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & 0x7FFF & EPREG_MASK))

-#define _ClearEP_CTR_TX(bEpNum)   (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum,\

-                                   _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & 0xFF7F & EPREG_MASK))

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : ToggleDTOG_RX / ToggleDTOG_TX .

-* Description    : Toggles DTOG_RX / DTOG_TX bit in the endpoint register.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _ToggleDTOG_RX(bEpNum)    (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, \

-                                   EP_DTOG_RX | _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPREG_MASK))

-#define _ToggleDTOG_TX(bEpNum)    (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, \

-                                   EP_DTOG_TX | _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPREG_MASK))

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : ClearDTOG_RX / ClearDTOG_TX.

-* Description    : Clears DTOG_RX / DTOG_TX bit in the endpoint register.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _ClearDTOG_RX(bEpNum)  if((_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EP_DTOG_RX) != 0)\

-    _ToggleDTOG_RX(bEpNum)

-#define _ClearDTOG_TX(bEpNum)  if((_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EP_DTOG_TX) != 0)\

-    _ToggleDTOG_TX(bEpNum)

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPAddress.

-* Description    : Sets address in an endpoint register.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-*                  bAddr: Address. 

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEPAddress(bEpNum,bAddr) _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum,\

-    _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPREG_MASK | bAddr)

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : GetEPAddress.

-* Description    : Gets address in an endpoint register.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _GetEPAddress(bEpNum) ((u8)(_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPADDR_FIELD))

-

-#define _pEPTxAddr(bEpNum) ((u32 *)((_GetBTABLE()+bEpNum*8  )*2 + PMAAddr))

-#define _pEPTxCount(bEpNum) ((u32 *)((_GetBTABLE()+bEpNum*8+2)*2 + PMAAddr))

-#define _pEPRxAddr(bEpNum) ((u32 *)((_GetBTABLE()+bEpNum*8+4)*2 + PMAAddr))

-#define _pEPRxCount(bEpNum) ((u32 *)((_GetBTABLE()+bEpNum*8+6)*2 + PMAAddr))

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPTxAddr / SetEPRxAddr.

-* Description    : sets address of the tx/rx buffer.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-*                  wAddr: address to be set (must be word aligned).

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEPTxAddr(bEpNum,wAddr) (*_pEPTxAddr(bEpNum) = ((wAddr >> 1) << 1))

-#define _SetEPRxAddr(bEpNum,wAddr) (*_pEPRxAddr(bEpNum) = ((wAddr >> 1) << 1))

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : GetEPTxAddr / GetEPRxAddr.

-* Description    : Gets address of the tx/rx buffer.

-* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : address of the buffer.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _GetEPTxAddr(bEpNum) ((u16)*_pEPTxAddr(bEpNum))

-#define _GetEPRxAddr(bEpNum) ((u16)*_pEPRxAddr(bEpNum))

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPCountRxReg.

-* Description    : Sets counter of rx buffer with no. of blocks.

-* Input          : pdwReg: pointer to counter.

-*                  wCount: Counter.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _BlocksOf32(dwReg,wCount,wNBlocks) {\

-    wNBlocks = wCount >> 5;\

-    if((wCount & 0x1f) == 0)\

-      wNBlocks--;\

-    *pdwReg = (u32)((wNBlocks << 10) | 0x8000);\

-  }/* _BlocksOf32 */

-

-#define _BlocksOf2(dwReg,wCount,wNBlocks) {\

-    wNBlocks = wCount >> 1;\

-    if((wCount & 0x1) != 0)\

-      wNBlocks++;\

-    *pdwReg = (u32)(wNBlocks << 10);\

-  }/* _BlocksOf2 */

-

-#define _SetEPCountRxReg(dwReg,wCount)  {\

-    u16 wNBlocks;\

-    if(wCount > 62){_BlocksOf32(dwReg,wCount,wNBlocks);}\

-    else {_BlocksOf2(dwReg,wCount,wNBlocks);}\

-  }/* _SetEPCountRxReg */

-

-

-

-#define _SetEPRxDblBuf0Count(bEpNum,wCount) {\

-    u32 *pdwReg = _pEPTxCount(bEpNum); \

-    _SetEPCountRxReg(pdwReg, wCount);\

-  }

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPTxCount / SetEPRxCount.

-* Description    : sets counter for the tx/rx buffer.

-* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.

-*                  wCount: Counter value.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEPTxCount(bEpNum,wCount) (*_pEPTxCount(bEpNum) = wCount)

-#define _SetEPRxCount(bEpNum,wCount) {\

-    u32 *pdwReg = _pEPRxCount(bEpNum); \

-    _SetEPCountRxReg(pdwReg, wCount);\

-  }

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : GetEPTxCount / GetEPRxCount.

-* Description    : gets counter of the tx buffer.

-* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : Counter value.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _GetEPTxCount(bEpNum)((u16)(*_pEPTxCount(bEpNum)) & 0x3ff)

-#define _GetEPRxCount(bEpNum)((u16)(*_pEPRxCount(bEpNum)) & 0x3ff)

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPDblBuf0Addr / SetEPDblBuf1Addr.

-* Description    : Sets buffer 0/1 address in a double buffer endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.

-*                : wBuf0Addr: buffer 0 address.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEPDblBuf0Addr(bEpNum,wBuf0Addr) {_SetEPTxAddr(bEpNum, wBuf0Addr);}

-#define _SetEPDblBuf1Addr(bEpNum,wBuf1Addr) {_SetEPRxAddr(bEpNum, wBuf1Addr);}

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPDblBuffAddr.

-* Description    : Sets addresses in a double buffer endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.

-*                : wBuf0Addr: buffer 0 address.

-*                : wBuf1Addr = buffer 1 address.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEPDblBuffAddr(bEpNum,wBuf0Addr,wBuf1Addr) { \

-    _SetEPDblBuf0Addr(bEpNum, wBuf0Addr);\

-    _SetEPDblBuf1Addr(bEpNum, wBuf1Addr);\

-  } /* _SetEPDblBuffAddr */

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : GetEPDblBuf0Addr / GetEPDblBuf1Addr.

-* Description    : Gets buffer 0/1 address of a double buffer endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _GetEPDblBuf0Addr(bEpNum) (_GetEPTxAddr(bEpNum))

-#define _GetEPDblBuf1Addr(bEpNum) (_GetEPRxAddr(bEpNum))

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : SetEPDblBuffCount / SetEPDblBuf0Count / SetEPDblBuf1Count.

-* Description    : Gets buffer 0/1 address of a double buffer endpoint.

-* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.

-*                : bDir: endpoint dir  EP_DBUF_OUT = OUT 

-*                                      EP_DBUF_IN  = IN 

-*                : wCount: Counter value    

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _SetEPDblBuf0Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount)  { \

-    if(bDir == EP_DBUF_OUT)\

-      /* OUT endpoint */ \

-    {_SetEPRxDblBuf0Count(bEpNum,wCount);} \

-    else if(bDir == EP_DBUF_IN)\

-      /* IN endpoint */ \

-      *_pEPTxCount(bEpNum) = (u32)wCount;  \

-  } /* SetEPDblBuf0Count*/

-

-#define _SetEPDblBuf1Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount)  { \

-    if(bDir == EP_DBUF_OUT)\

-      /* OUT endpoint */ \

-    {_SetEPRxCount(bEpNum,wCount);}\

-    else if(bDir == EP_DBUF_IN)\

-      /* IN endpoint */\

-      *_pEPRxCount(bEpNum) = (u32)wCount; \

-  } /* SetEPDblBuf1Count */

-

-#define _SetEPDblBuffCount(bEpNum, bDir, wCount) {\

-    _SetEPDblBuf0Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount); \

-    _SetEPDblBuf1Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount); \

-  } /* _SetEPDblBuffCount  */

-

-/*******************************************************************************

-* Macro Name     : GetEPDblBuf0Count / GetEPDblBuf1Count.

-* Description    : Gets buffer 0/1 rx/tx counter for double buffering.

-* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.

-* Output         : None.

-* Return         : None.

-*******************************************************************************/

-#define _GetEPDblBuf0Count(bEpNum) (_GetEPTxCount(bEpNum))

-#define _GetEPDblBuf1Count(bEpNum) (_GetEPRxCount(bEpNum))

-

-

-/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/

-extern volatile u16 wIstr;  /* ISTR register last read value */

-

-/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */

-void SetCNTR(u16 /*wRegValue*/);

-void SetISTR(u16 /*wRegValue*/);

-void SetDADDR(u16 /*wRegValue*/);

-void SetBTABLE(u16 /*wRegValue*/);

-u16 GetCNTR(void);

-u16 GetISTR(void);

-u16 GetFNR(void);

-u16 GetDADDR(void);

-u16 GetBTABLE(void);

-void SetENDPOINT(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wRegValue*/);

-u16 GetENDPOINT(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void SetEPType(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wType*/);

-u16 GetEPType(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void SetEPTxStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wState*/);

-void SetEPRxStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wState*/);

-void SetDouBleBuffEPStall(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u8 bDir);

-u16 GetEPTxStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-u16 GetEPRxStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void SetEPTxValid(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void SetEPRxValid(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-u16 GetTxStallStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-u16 GetRxStallStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void SetEP_KIND(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void ClearEP_KIND(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void Set_Status_Out(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void Clear_Status_Out(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void SetEPDoubleBuff(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void ClearEPDoubleBuff(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void ClearEP_CTR_RX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void ClearEP_CTR_TX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void ToggleDTOG_RX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void ToggleDTOG_TX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void ClearDTOG_RX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void ClearDTOG_TX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void SetEPAddress(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u8 /*bAddr*/);

-u8 GetEPAddress(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void SetEPTxAddr(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wAddr*/);

-void SetEPRxAddr(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wAddr*/);

-u16 GetEPTxAddr(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-u16 GetEPRxAddr(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void SetEPCountRxReg(u32 * /*pdwReg*/, u16 /*wCount*/);

-void SetEPTxCount(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wCount*/);

-void SetEPRxCount(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wCount*/);

-u16 GetEPTxCount(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-u16 GetEPRxCount(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void SetEPDblBuf0Addr(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wBuf0Addr*/);

-void SetEPDblBuf1Addr(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wBuf1Addr*/);

-void SetEPDblBuffAddr(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wBuf0Addr*/, u16 /*wBuf1Addr*/);

-u16 GetEPDblBuf0Addr(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-u16 GetEPDblBuf1Addr(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void SetEPDblBuffCount(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u8 /*bDir*/, u16 /*wCount*/);

-void SetEPDblBuf0Count(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u8 /*bDir*/, u16 /*wCount*/);

-void SetEPDblBuf1Count(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u8 /*bDir*/, u16 /*wCount*/);

-u16 GetEPDblBuf0Count(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-u16 GetEPDblBuf1Count(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-EP_DBUF_DIR GetEPDblBufDir(u8 /*bEpNum*/);

-void FreeUserBuffer(u8 bEpNum/*bEpNum*/, u8 bDir);

-u16 ToWord(u8, u8);

-u16 ByteSwap(u16);

-

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-}

-#endif

-

-#endif /* __USB_REGS_H */

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_regs.h
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Interface prototype functions to USB cell registers
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __USB_REGS_H
+#define __USB_REGS_H
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum _EP_DBUF_DIR
+{
+  /* double buffered endpoint direction */
+  EP_DBUF_ERR,
+  EP_DBUF_OUT,
+  EP_DBUF_IN
+}EP_DBUF_DIR;
+
+/* endpoint buffer number */
+enum EP_BUF_NUM
+{
+  EP_NOBUF,
+  EP_BUF0,
+  EP_BUF1
+};
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define RegBase  (0x40005C00L)  /* USB_IP Peripheral Registers base address */
+#define PMAAddr  (0x40006000L)  /* USB_IP Packet Memory Area base address   */
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/*                         General registers                                  */
+/******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Control register */
+#define CNTR    ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase + 0x40))
+/* Interrupt status register */
+#define ISTR    ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase + 0x44))
+/* Frame number register */
+#define FNR     ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase + 0x48))
+/* Device address register */
+#define DADDR   ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase + 0x4C))
+/* Buffer Table address register */
+#define BTABLE  ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase + 0x50))
+/******************************************************************************/
+/*                         Endpoint registers                                 */
+/******************************************************************************/
+#define EP0REG  ((volatile unsigned *)(RegBase)) /* endpoint 0 register address */
+
+/* endpoints enumeration */
+#define ENDP0   ((u8)0)
+#define ENDP1   ((u8)1)
+#define ENDP2   ((u8)2)
+#define ENDP3   ((u8)3)
+#define ENDP4   ((u8)4)
+#define ENDP5   ((u8)5)
+#define ENDP6   ((u8)6)
+#define ENDP7   ((u8)7)
+/******************************************************************************/
+/*                       ISTR interrupt events                                */
+/******************************************************************************/
+#define ISTR_CTR    (0x8000) /* Correct TRansfer (clear-only bit) */
+#define ISTR_DOVR   (0x4000) /* DMA OVeR/underrun (clear-only bit) */
+#define ISTR_ERR    (0x2000) /* ERRor (clear-only bit) */
+#define ISTR_WKUP   (0x1000) /* WaKe UP (clear-only bit) */
+#define ISTR_SUSP   (0x0800) /* SUSPend (clear-only bit) */
+#define ISTR_RESET  (0x0400) /* RESET (clear-only bit) */
+#define ISTR_SOF    (0x0200) /* Start Of Frame (clear-only bit) */
+#define ISTR_ESOF   (0x0100) /* Expected Start Of Frame (clear-only bit) */
+
+
+#define ISTR_DIR    (0x0010)  /* DIRection of transaction (read-only bit)  */
+#define ISTR_EP_ID  (0x000F)  /* EndPoint IDentifier (read-only bit)  */
+
+#define CLR_CTR    (~ISTR_CTR)   /* clear Correct TRansfer bit */
+#define CLR_DOVR   (~ISTR_DOVR)  /* clear DMA OVeR/underrun bit*/
+#define CLR_ERR    (~ISTR_ERR)   /* clear ERRor bit */
+#define CLR_WKUP   (~ISTR_WKUP)  /* clear WaKe UP bit     */
+#define CLR_SUSP   (~ISTR_SUSP)  /* clear SUSPend bit     */
+#define CLR_RESET  (~ISTR_RESET) /* clear RESET bit      */
+#define CLR_SOF    (~ISTR_SOF)   /* clear Start Of Frame bit   */
+#define CLR_ESOF   (~ISTR_ESOF)  /* clear Expected Start Of Frame bit */
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/*             CNTR control register bits definitions                         */
+/******************************************************************************/
+#define CNTR_CTRM   (0x8000) /* Correct TRansfer Mask */
+#define CNTR_DOVRM  (0x4000) /* DMA OVeR/underrun Mask */
+#define CNTR_ERRM   (0x2000) /* ERRor Mask */
+#define CNTR_WKUPM  (0x1000) /* WaKe UP Mask */
+#define CNTR_SUSPM  (0x0800) /* SUSPend Mask */
+#define CNTR_RESETM (0x0400) /* RESET Mask   */
+#define CNTR_SOFM   (0x0200) /* Start Of Frame Mask */
+#define CNTR_ESOFM  (0x0100) /* Expected Start Of Frame Mask */
+
+
+#define CNTR_RESUME (0x0010) /* RESUME request */
+#define CNTR_FSUSP  (0x0008) /* Force SUSPend */
+#define CNTR_LPMODE (0x0004) /* Low-power MODE */
+#define CNTR_PDWN   (0x0002) /* Power DoWN */
+#define CNTR_FRES   (0x0001) /* Force USB RESet */
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/*                FNR Frame Number Register bit definitions                   */
+/******************************************************************************/
+#define FNR_RXDP (0x8000) /* status of D+ data line */
+#define FNR_RXDM (0x4000) /* status of D- data line */
+#define FNR_LCK  (0x2000) /* LoCKed */
+#define FNR_LSOF (0x1800) /* Lost SOF */
+#define FNR_FN  (0x07FF) /* Frame Number */
+/******************************************************************************/
+/*               DADDR Device ADDRess bit definitions                         */
+/******************************************************************************/
+#define DADDR_EF (0x80)
+#define DADDR_ADD (0x7F)
+/******************************************************************************/
+/*                            Endpoint register                               */
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* bit positions */
+#define EP_CTR_RX      (0x8000) /* EndPoint Correct TRansfer RX */
+#define EP_DTOG_RX     (0x4000) /* EndPoint Data TOGGLE RX */
+#define EPRX_STAT      (0x3000) /* EndPoint RX STATus bit field */
+#define EP_SETUP       (0x0800) /* EndPoint SETUP */
+#define EP_T_FIELD     (0x0600) /* EndPoint TYPE */
+#define EP_KIND        (0x0100) /* EndPoint KIND */
+#define EP_CTR_TX      (0x0080) /* EndPoint Correct TRansfer TX */
+#define EP_DTOG_TX     (0x0040) /* EndPoint Data TOGGLE TX */
+#define EPTX_STAT      (0x0030) /* EndPoint TX STATus bit field */
+#define EPADDR_FIELD   (0x000F) /* EndPoint ADDRess FIELD */
+
+/* EndPoint REGister MASK (no toggle fields) */
+#define EPREG_MASK     (EP_CTR_RX|EP_SETUP|EP_T_FIELD|EP_KIND|EP_CTR_TX|EPADDR_FIELD)
+
+/* EP_TYPE[1:0] EndPoint TYPE */
+#define EP_TYPE_MASK   (0x0600) /* EndPoint TYPE Mask */
+#define EP_BULK        (0x0000) /* EndPoint BULK */
+#define EP_CONTROL     (0x0200) /* EndPoint CONTROL */
+#define EP_ISOCHRONOUS (0x0400) /* EndPoint ISOCHRONOUS */
+#define EP_INTERRUPT   (0x0600) /* EndPoint INTERRUPT */
+#define EP_T_MASK      (~EP_T_FIELD & EPREG_MASK)
+
+
+/* EP_KIND EndPoint KIND */
+#define EPKIND_MASK    (~EP_KIND & EPREG_MASK)
+
+/* STAT_TX[1:0] STATus for TX transfer */
+#define EP_TX_DIS      (0x0000) /* EndPoint TX DISabled */
+#define EP_TX_STALL    (0x0010) /* EndPoint TX STALLed */
+#define EP_TX_NAK      (0x0020) /* EndPoint TX NAKed */
+#define EP_TX_VALID    (0x0030) /* EndPoint TX VALID */
+#define EPTX_DTOG1     (0x0010) /* EndPoint TX Data TOGgle bit1 */
+#define EPTX_DTOG2     (0x0020) /* EndPoint TX Data TOGgle bit2 */
+#define EPTX_DTOGMASK  (EPTX_STAT|EPREG_MASK)
+
+/* STAT_RX[1:0] STATus for RX transfer */
+#define EP_RX_DIS      (0x0000) /* EndPoint RX DISabled */
+#define EP_RX_STALL    (0x1000) /* EndPoint RX STALLed */
+#define EP_RX_NAK      (0x2000) /* EndPoint RX NAKed */
+#define EP_RX_VALID    (0x3000) /* EndPoint RX VALID */
+#define EPRX_DTOG1     (0x1000) /* EndPoint RX Data TOGgle bit1 */
+#define EPRX_DTOG2     (0x2000) /* EndPoint RX Data TOGgle bit1 */
+#define EPRX_DTOGMASK  (EPRX_STAT|EPREG_MASK)
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* SetCNTR */
+#define _SetCNTR(wRegValue)  (*CNTR   = (u16)wRegValue)
+
+/* SetISTR */
+#define _SetISTR(wRegValue)  (*ISTR   = (u16)wRegValue)
+
+/* SetDADDR */
+#define _SetDADDR(wRegValue) (*DADDR  = (u16)wRegValue)
+
+/* SetBTABLE */
+#define _SetBTABLE(wRegValue)(*BTABLE = (u16)(wRegValue & 0xFFF8))
+
+/* GetCNTR */
+#define _GetCNTR()   ((u16) *CNTR)
+
+/* GetISTR */
+#define _GetISTR()   ((u16) *ISTR)
+
+/* GetFNR */
+#define _GetFNR()    ((u16) *FNR)
+
+/* GetDADDR */
+#define _GetDADDR()  ((u16) *DADDR)
+
+/* GetBTABLE */
+#define _GetBTABLE() ((u16) *BTABLE)
+
+/* SetENDPOINT */
+#define _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum,wRegValue)  (*(EP0REG + bEpNum)= \
+    (u16)wRegValue)
+
+/* GetENDPOINT */
+#define _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum)        ((u16)(*(EP0REG + bEpNum)))
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPType
+* Description    : sets the type in the endpoint register(bits EP_TYPE[1:0])
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+*                  wType
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEPType(bEpNum,wType) (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum,\
+                                  ((_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EP_T_MASK) | wType)))
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : GetEPType
+* Description    : gets the type in the endpoint register(bits EP_TYPE[1:0]) 
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Endpoint Type
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _GetEPType(bEpNum) (_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EP_T_FIELD)
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPTxStatus
+* Description    : sets the status for tx transfer (bits STAT_TX[1:0]).
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+*                  wState: new state
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEPTxStatus(bEpNum,wState) {\
+    register u16 _wRegVal;       \
+    _wRegVal = _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPTX_DTOGMASK;\
+    /* toggle first bit ? */     \
+    if((EPTX_DTOG1 & wState)!= 0)      \
+      _wRegVal ^= EPTX_DTOG1;        \
+    /* toggle second bit ?  */         \
+    if((EPTX_DTOG2 & wState)!= 0)      \
+      _wRegVal ^= EPTX_DTOG2;        \
+    _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, _wRegVal);    \
+  } /* _SetEPTxStatus */
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPRxStatus
+* Description    : sets the status for rx transfer (bits STAT_TX[1:0])
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+*                  wState: new state.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEPRxStatus(bEpNum,wState) {\
+    register u16 _wRegVal;   \
+    \
+    _wRegVal = _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPRX_DTOGMASK;\
+    /* toggle first bit ? */  \
+    if((EPRX_DTOG1 & wState)!= 0) \
+      _wRegVal ^= EPRX_DTOG1;  \
+    /* toggle second bit ? */  \
+    if((EPRX_DTOG2 & wState)!= 0) \
+      _wRegVal ^= EPRX_DTOG2;  \
+    _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, _wRegVal); \
+  } /* _SetEPRxStatus */
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : GetEPTxStatus / GetEPRxStatus 
+* Description    : gets the status for tx/rx transfer (bits STAT_TX[1:0]
+*                  /STAT_RX[1:0])
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : status .
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _GetEPTxStatus(bEpNum) ((u16)_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPTX_STAT)
+
+#define _GetEPRxStatus(bEpNum) ((u16)_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPRX_STAT)
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPTxValid / SetEPRxValid 
+* Description    : sets directly the VALID tx/rx-status into the enpoint register
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEPTxValid(bEpNum)     (_SetEPTxStatus(bEpNum, EP_TX_VALID))
+
+#define _SetEPRxValid(bEpNum)     (_SetEPRxStatus(bEpNum, EP_RX_VALID))
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : GetTxStallStatus / GetRxStallStatus.
+* Description    : checks stall condition in an endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : TRUE = endpoint in stall condition.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _GetTxStallStatus(bEpNum) (_GetEPTxStatus(bEpNum) \
+                                   == EP_TX_STALL)
+#define _GetRxStallStatus(bEpNum) (_GetEPRxStatus(bEpNum) \
+                                   == EP_RX_STALL)
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEP_KIND / ClearEP_KIND.
+* Description    : set & clear EP_KIND bit.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum)    (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, \
+                                (_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) | EP_KIND) & EPREG_MASK))
+#define _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum)  (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, \
+                                (_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPKIND_MASK)))
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : Set_Status_Out / Clear_Status_Out.
+* Description    : Sets/clears directly STATUS_OUT bit in the endpoint register.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _Set_Status_Out(bEpNum)    _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum)
+#define _Clear_Status_Out(bEpNum)  _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum)
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPDoubleBuff / ClearEPDoubleBuff.
+* Description    : Sets/clears directly EP_KIND bit in the endpoint register.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEPDoubleBuff(bEpNum)   _SetEP_KIND(bEpNum)
+#define _ClearEPDoubleBuff(bEpNum) _ClearEP_KIND(bEpNum)
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : ClearEP_CTR_RX / ClearEP_CTR_TX.
+* Description    : Clears bit CTR_RX / CTR_TX in the endpoint register.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _ClearEP_CTR_RX(bEpNum)   (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum,\
+                                   _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & 0x7FFF & EPREG_MASK))
+#define _ClearEP_CTR_TX(bEpNum)   (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum,\
+                                   _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & 0xFF7F & EPREG_MASK))
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : ToggleDTOG_RX / ToggleDTOG_TX .
+* Description    : Toggles DTOG_RX / DTOG_TX bit in the endpoint register.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _ToggleDTOG_RX(bEpNum)    (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, \
+                                   EP_DTOG_RX | _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPREG_MASK))
+#define _ToggleDTOG_TX(bEpNum)    (_SetENDPOINT(bEpNum, \
+                                   EP_DTOG_TX | _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPREG_MASK))
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : ClearDTOG_RX / ClearDTOG_TX.
+* Description    : Clears DTOG_RX / DTOG_TX bit in the endpoint register.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _ClearDTOG_RX(bEpNum)  if((_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EP_DTOG_RX) != 0)\
+    _ToggleDTOG_RX(bEpNum)
+#define _ClearDTOG_TX(bEpNum)  if((_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EP_DTOG_TX) != 0)\
+    _ToggleDTOG_TX(bEpNum)
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPAddress.
+* Description    : Sets address in an endpoint register.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+*                  bAddr: Address. 
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEPAddress(bEpNum,bAddr) _SetENDPOINT(bEpNum,\
+    _GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPREG_MASK | bAddr)
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : GetEPAddress.
+* Description    : Gets address in an endpoint register.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _GetEPAddress(bEpNum) ((u8)(_GetENDPOINT(bEpNum) & EPADDR_FIELD))
+
+#define _pEPTxAddr(bEpNum) ((u32 *)((_GetBTABLE()+bEpNum*8  )*2 + PMAAddr))
+#define _pEPTxCount(bEpNum) ((u32 *)((_GetBTABLE()+bEpNum*8+2)*2 + PMAAddr))
+#define _pEPRxAddr(bEpNum) ((u32 *)((_GetBTABLE()+bEpNum*8+4)*2 + PMAAddr))
+#define _pEPRxCount(bEpNum) ((u32 *)((_GetBTABLE()+bEpNum*8+6)*2 + PMAAddr))
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPTxAddr / SetEPRxAddr.
+* Description    : sets address of the tx/rx buffer.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+*                  wAddr: address to be set (must be word aligned).
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEPTxAddr(bEpNum,wAddr) (*_pEPTxAddr(bEpNum) = ((wAddr >> 1) << 1))
+#define _SetEPRxAddr(bEpNum,wAddr) (*_pEPRxAddr(bEpNum) = ((wAddr >> 1) << 1))
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : GetEPTxAddr / GetEPRxAddr.
+* Description    : Gets address of the tx/rx buffer.
+* Input          : bEpNum: Endpoint Number.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : address of the buffer.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _GetEPTxAddr(bEpNum) ((u16)*_pEPTxAddr(bEpNum))
+#define _GetEPRxAddr(bEpNum) ((u16)*_pEPRxAddr(bEpNum))
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPCountRxReg.
+* Description    : Sets counter of rx buffer with no. of blocks.
+* Input          : pdwReg: pointer to counter.
+*                  wCount: Counter.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _BlocksOf32(dwReg,wCount,wNBlocks) {\
+    wNBlocks = wCount >> 5;\
+    if((wCount & 0x1f) == 0)\
+      wNBlocks--;\
+    *pdwReg = (u32)((wNBlocks << 10) | 0x8000);\
+  }/* _BlocksOf32 */
+
+#define _BlocksOf2(dwReg,wCount,wNBlocks) {\
+    wNBlocks = wCount >> 1;\
+    if((wCount & 0x1) != 0)\
+      wNBlocks++;\
+    *pdwReg = (u32)(wNBlocks << 10);\
+  }/* _BlocksOf2 */
+
+#define _SetEPCountRxReg(dwReg,wCount)  {\
+    u16 wNBlocks;\
+    if(wCount > 62){_BlocksOf32(dwReg,wCount,wNBlocks);}\
+    else {_BlocksOf2(dwReg,wCount,wNBlocks);}\
+  }/* _SetEPCountRxReg */
+
+
+
+#define _SetEPRxDblBuf0Count(bEpNum,wCount) {\
+    u32 *pdwReg = _pEPTxCount(bEpNum); \
+    _SetEPCountRxReg(pdwReg, wCount);\
+  }
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPTxCount / SetEPRxCount.
+* Description    : sets counter for the tx/rx buffer.
+* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.
+*                  wCount: Counter value.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEPTxCount(bEpNum,wCount) (*_pEPTxCount(bEpNum) = wCount)
+#define _SetEPRxCount(bEpNum,wCount) {\
+    u32 *pdwReg = _pEPRxCount(bEpNum); \
+    _SetEPCountRxReg(pdwReg, wCount);\
+  }
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : GetEPTxCount / GetEPRxCount.
+* Description    : gets counter of the tx buffer.
+* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : Counter value.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _GetEPTxCount(bEpNum)((u16)(*_pEPTxCount(bEpNum)) & 0x3ff)
+#define _GetEPRxCount(bEpNum)((u16)(*_pEPRxCount(bEpNum)) & 0x3ff)
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPDblBuf0Addr / SetEPDblBuf1Addr.
+* Description    : Sets buffer 0/1 address in a double buffer endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.
+*                : wBuf0Addr: buffer 0 address.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEPDblBuf0Addr(bEpNum,wBuf0Addr) {_SetEPTxAddr(bEpNum, wBuf0Addr);}
+#define _SetEPDblBuf1Addr(bEpNum,wBuf1Addr) {_SetEPRxAddr(bEpNum, wBuf1Addr);}
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPDblBuffAddr.
+* Description    : Sets addresses in a double buffer endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.
+*                : wBuf0Addr: buffer 0 address.
+*                : wBuf1Addr = buffer 1 address.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEPDblBuffAddr(bEpNum,wBuf0Addr,wBuf1Addr) { \
+    _SetEPDblBuf0Addr(bEpNum, wBuf0Addr);\
+    _SetEPDblBuf1Addr(bEpNum, wBuf1Addr);\
+  } /* _SetEPDblBuffAddr */
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : GetEPDblBuf0Addr / GetEPDblBuf1Addr.
+* Description    : Gets buffer 0/1 address of a double buffer endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _GetEPDblBuf0Addr(bEpNum) (_GetEPTxAddr(bEpNum))
+#define _GetEPDblBuf1Addr(bEpNum) (_GetEPRxAddr(bEpNum))
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : SetEPDblBuffCount / SetEPDblBuf0Count / SetEPDblBuf1Count.
+* Description    : Gets buffer 0/1 address of a double buffer endpoint.
+* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.
+*                : bDir: endpoint dir  EP_DBUF_OUT = OUT 
+*                                      EP_DBUF_IN  = IN 
+*                : wCount: Counter value    
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _SetEPDblBuf0Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount)  { \
+    if(bDir == EP_DBUF_OUT)\
+      /* OUT endpoint */ \
+    {_SetEPRxDblBuf0Count(bEpNum,wCount);} \
+    else if(bDir == EP_DBUF_IN)\
+      /* IN endpoint */ \
+      *_pEPTxCount(bEpNum) = (u32)wCount;  \
+  } /* SetEPDblBuf0Count*/
+
+#define _SetEPDblBuf1Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount)  { \
+    if(bDir == EP_DBUF_OUT)\
+      /* OUT endpoint */ \
+    {_SetEPRxCount(bEpNum,wCount);}\
+    else if(bDir == EP_DBUF_IN)\
+      /* IN endpoint */\
+      *_pEPRxCount(bEpNum) = (u32)wCount; \
+  } /* SetEPDblBuf1Count */
+
+#define _SetEPDblBuffCount(bEpNum, bDir, wCount) {\
+    _SetEPDblBuf0Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount); \
+    _SetEPDblBuf1Count(bEpNum, bDir, wCount); \
+  } /* _SetEPDblBuffCount  */
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Macro Name     : GetEPDblBuf0Count / GetEPDblBuf1Count.
+* Description    : Gets buffer 0/1 rx/tx counter for double buffering.
+* Input          : bEpNum: endpoint number.
+* Output         : None.
+* Return         : None.
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define _GetEPDblBuf0Count(bEpNum) (_GetEPTxCount(bEpNum))
+#define _GetEPDblBuf1Count(bEpNum) (_GetEPRxCount(bEpNum))
+
+
+/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern volatile u16 wIstr;  /* ISTR register last read value */
+
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+void SetCNTR(u16 /*wRegValue*/);
+void SetISTR(u16 /*wRegValue*/);
+void SetDADDR(u16 /*wRegValue*/);
+void SetBTABLE(u16 /*wRegValue*/);
+u16 GetCNTR(void);
+u16 GetISTR(void);
+u16 GetFNR(void);
+u16 GetDADDR(void);
+u16 GetBTABLE(void);
+void SetENDPOINT(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wRegValue*/);
+u16 GetENDPOINT(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void SetEPType(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wType*/);
+u16 GetEPType(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void SetEPTxStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wState*/);
+void SetEPRxStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wState*/);
+void SetDouBleBuffEPStall(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u8 bDir);
+u16 GetEPTxStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+u16 GetEPRxStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void SetEPTxValid(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void SetEPRxValid(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+u16 GetTxStallStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+u16 GetRxStallStatus(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void SetEP_KIND(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void ClearEP_KIND(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void Set_Status_Out(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void Clear_Status_Out(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void SetEPDoubleBuff(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void ClearEPDoubleBuff(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void ClearEP_CTR_RX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void ClearEP_CTR_TX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void ToggleDTOG_RX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void ToggleDTOG_TX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void ClearDTOG_RX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void ClearDTOG_TX(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void SetEPAddress(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u8 /*bAddr*/);
+u8 GetEPAddress(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void SetEPTxAddr(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wAddr*/);
+void SetEPRxAddr(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wAddr*/);
+u16 GetEPTxAddr(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+u16 GetEPRxAddr(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void SetEPCountRxReg(u32 * /*pdwReg*/, u16 /*wCount*/);
+void SetEPTxCount(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wCount*/);
+void SetEPRxCount(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wCount*/);
+u16 GetEPTxCount(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+u16 GetEPRxCount(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void SetEPDblBuf0Addr(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wBuf0Addr*/);
+void SetEPDblBuf1Addr(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wBuf1Addr*/);
+void SetEPDblBuffAddr(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u16 /*wBuf0Addr*/, u16 /*wBuf1Addr*/);
+u16 GetEPDblBuf0Addr(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+u16 GetEPDblBuf1Addr(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void SetEPDblBuffCount(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u8 /*bDir*/, u16 /*wCount*/);
+void SetEPDblBuf0Count(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u8 /*bDir*/, u16 /*wCount*/);
+void SetEPDblBuf1Count(u8 /*bEpNum*/, u8 /*bDir*/, u16 /*wCount*/);
+u16 GetEPDblBuf0Count(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+u16 GetEPDblBuf1Count(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+EP_DBUF_DIR GetEPDblBufDir(u8 /*bEpNum*/);
+void FreeUserBuffer(u8 bEpNum/*bEpNum*/, u8 bDir);
+u16 ToWord(u8, u8);
+u16 ByteSwap(u16);
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USB_REGS_H */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_type.h b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_type.h
index 1106786..34b3bf5 100644
--- a/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_type.h
+++ b/libmaple/usb/usb_lib/usb_type.h
@@ -1,77 +1,77 @@
-/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************

-* File Name          : usb_type.h

-* Author             : MCD Application Team

-* Version            : V2.2.1

-* Date               : 09/22/2008

-* Description        : Type definitions used by the USB Library

-********************************************************************************

-* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS

-* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.

-* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,

-* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE

-* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING

-* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.

-*******************************************************************************/

-

-/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/

-#ifndef __USB_TYPE_H

-#define __USB_TYPE_H

-

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-extern "C" {

-#endif

-

-/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/

-#ifndef NULL

-#define NULL ((void *)0)

-#endif

-

-typedef signed long      s32;

-typedef signed short     s16;

-typedef signed char      s8;

-

-typedef volatile signed long      vs32;

-typedef volatile signed short     vs16;

-typedef volatile signed char      vs8;

-

-typedef unsigned long       u32;

-typedef unsigned short      u16;

-typedef unsigned char       u8;

-

-typedef unsigned long  const    uc32;  /* Read Only */

-typedef unsigned short const    uc16;  /* Read Only */

-typedef unsigned char  const    uc8;   /* Read Only */

-

-typedef volatile unsigned long      vu32;

-typedef volatile unsigned short     vu16;

-typedef volatile unsigned char      vu8;

-

-typedef volatile unsigned long  const    vuc32;  /* Read Only */

-typedef volatile unsigned short const    vuc16;  /* Read Only */

-typedef volatile unsigned char  const    vuc8;   /* Read Only */

-

-

-typedef enum

-{

-  FALSE = 0, TRUE  = !FALSE

-}

-USB_Bool;

-

-typedef enum { RESET = 0, SET   = !RESET } FlagStatus, ITStatus;

-

-typedef enum { DISABLE = 0, ENABLE  = !DISABLE} FunctionalState;

-

-typedef enum { ERROR = 0, SUCCESS  = !ERROR} ErrorStatus;

-

-/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */

-/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#if defined(__cplusplus)

-}

-#endif

-

-#endif /* __USB_TYPE_H */

-

-/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

+/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ********************
+* File Name          : usb_type.h
+* Author             : MCD Application Team
+* Version            : V2.2.1
+* Date               : 09/22/2008
+* Description        : Type definitions used by the USB Library
+********************************************************************************
+* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
+* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
+* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
+* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
+* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __USB_TYPE_H
+#define __USB_TYPE_H
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL ((void *)0)
+#endif
+
+typedef signed long      s32;
+typedef signed short     s16;
+typedef signed char      s8;
+
+typedef volatile signed long      vs32;
+typedef volatile signed short     vs16;
+typedef volatile signed char      vs8;
+
+typedef unsigned long       u32;
+typedef unsigned short      u16;
+typedef unsigned char       u8;
+
+typedef unsigned long  const    uc32;  /* Read Only */
+typedef unsigned short const    uc16;  /* Read Only */
+typedef unsigned char  const    uc8;   /* Read Only */
+
+typedef volatile unsigned long      vu32;
+typedef volatile unsigned short     vu16;
+typedef volatile unsigned char      vu8;
+
+typedef volatile unsigned long  const    vuc32;  /* Read Only */
+typedef volatile unsigned short const    vuc16;  /* Read Only */
+typedef volatile unsigned char  const    vuc8;   /* Read Only */
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  FALSE = 0, TRUE  = !FALSE
+}
+USB_Bool;
+
+typedef enum { RESET = 0, SET   = !RESET } FlagStatus, ITStatus;
+
+typedef enum { DISABLE = 0, ENABLE  = !DISABLE} FunctionalState;
+
+typedef enum { ERROR = 0, SUCCESS  = !ERROR} ErrorStatus;
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USB_TYPE_H */
+
+/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/Makefile b/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/Makefile
index d5275b9..834cdad 100644
--- a/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/Makefile
+++ b/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/Makefile
@@ -1,35 +1,35 @@
-# setup environment

-

-TARGET_ARCH = -mcpu=cortex-m3 -mthumb

-

-CC = arm-none-eabi-gcc

-CFLAGS =

-

-AS = $(CC) -x assembler-with-cpp -c $(TARGET_ARCH)

-ASFLAGS =

-

-AR = arm-none-eabi-ar

-ARFLAGS = cr

-

-LIB_OBJS = stm32_vector_table.o stm32_isrs.o start.o start_c.o

-

-help:

-	@echo "Targets:"

-	@echo "\t medium-density: Target medium density chips (e.g. Maple)"

-	@echo "\t high-density: Target high density chips (e.g. Maple-native)"

-

-.PHONY: help medium high

-

-medium-density: $(LIB_OBJS)

-	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) libcs3_stm32_med_density.a $(LIB_OBJS)

-	rm -f $(LIB_OBJS)

-

-high-density: CFLAGS := -DSTM32_HIGH_DENSITY

-high-density: $(LIB_OBJS)

-	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) libcs3_stm32_high_density.a $(LIB_OBJS)

-	rm -f $(LIB_OBJS)

-

-# clean

-.PHONY: clean

-clean:

-	-rm -f $(LIB_OBJS) *.a

+# setup environment
+
+TARGET_ARCH = -mcpu=cortex-m3 -mthumb
+
+CC = arm-none-eabi-gcc
+CFLAGS =
+
+AS = $(CC) -x assembler-with-cpp -c $(TARGET_ARCH)
+ASFLAGS =
+
+AR = arm-none-eabi-ar
+ARFLAGS = cr
+
+LIB_OBJS = stm32_vector_table.o stm32_isrs.o start.o start_c.o
+
+help:
+	@echo "Targets:"
+	@echo "\t medium-density: Target medium density chips (e.g. Maple)"
+	@echo "\t high-density: Target high density chips (e.g. Maple-native)"
+
+.PHONY: help medium high
+
+medium-density: $(LIB_OBJS)
+	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) libcs3_stm32_med_density.a $(LIB_OBJS)
+	rm -f $(LIB_OBJS)
+
+high-density: CFLAGS := -DSTM32_HIGH_DENSITY
+high-density: $(LIB_OBJS)
+	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) libcs3_stm32_high_density.a $(LIB_OBJS)
+	rm -f $(LIB_OBJS)
+
+# clean
+.PHONY: clean
+clean:
+	-rm -f $(LIB_OBJS) *.a
diff --git a/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/start.S b/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/start.S
index ae75747..4d1d405 100644
--- a/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/start.S
+++ b/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/start.S
@@ -1,27 +1,27 @@
-/*

- * The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,

- * and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided

- * that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this

- * notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,

- * license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.

- * Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors

- * and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that

- * the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where

- * they apply.

- */

-

-	.text

-	.code 16

-	.thumb_func

-

-	.globl _start

-	.type _start, %function

-_start:

-	.fnstart

-	ldr	r1,=__cs3_stack

-	mov	sp,r1

-	ldr	r1,=__cs3_start_c

-	bx	r1

-	.pool

-	.cantunwind

-	.fnend

+/*
+ * The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+ * and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+ * that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+ * notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
+ * license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
+ * Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
+ * and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
+ * the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
+ * they apply.
+ */
+
+	.text
+	.code 16
+	.thumb_func
+
+	.globl _start
+	.type _start, %function
+_start:
+	.fnstart
+	ldr	r1,=__cs3_stack
+	mov	sp,r1
+	ldr	r1,=__cs3_start_c
+	bx	r1
+	.pool
+	.cantunwind
+	.fnend
diff --git a/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/start_c.c b/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/start_c.c
index dff9fa3..2ab0212 100644
--- a/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/start_c.c
+++ b/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/start_c.c
@@ -1,58 +1,58 @@
-/* CS3 start_c routine.

- *

- * Copyright (c) 2006, 2007 CodeSourcery Inc

- *

- * The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,

- * and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided

- * that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this

- * notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,

- * license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.

- * Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors

- * and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that

- * the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where

- * they apply.

- */

-

-#include "cs3.h"

-

-extern void __libc_init_array (void);

-

-extern int main (int, char **, char **);

-

-extern void exit (int) __attribute__ ((noreturn, weak));

-

-void  __attribute ((noreturn))

-__cs3_start_c (void)

-{

-  unsigned regions = __cs3_region_num;

-  const struct __cs3_region *rptr = __cs3_regions;

-  int exit_code;

-

-  /* Initialize memory */

-  for (regions = __cs3_region_num, rptr = __cs3_regions; regions--; rptr++)

-    {

-      long long *src = (long long *)rptr->init;

-      long long *dst = (long long *)rptr->data;

-      unsigned limit = rptr->init_size;

-      unsigned count;

-

-      if (src != dst)

-	for (count = 0; count != limit; count += sizeof (long long))

-	  *dst++ = *src++;

-      else

-	dst = (long long *)((char *)dst + limit);

-      limit = rptr->zero_size;

-      for (count = 0; count != limit; count += sizeof (long long))

-	*dst++ = 0;

-    }

-

-  /* Run initializers.  */

-  __libc_init_array ();

-

-  exit_code = main (0, NULL, NULL);

-  if (exit)

-    exit (exit_code);

-  /* If exit is NULL, make sure we don't return. */

-  for (;;)

-    continue;

-}

+/* CS3 start_c routine.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2006, 2007 CodeSourcery Inc
+ *
+ * The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+ * and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+ * that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+ * notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
+ * license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
+ * Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
+ * and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
+ * the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
+ * they apply.
+ */
+
+#include "cs3.h"
+
+extern void __libc_init_array (void);
+
+extern int main (int, char **, char **);
+
+extern void exit (int) __attribute__ ((noreturn, weak));
+
+void  __attribute ((noreturn))
+__cs3_start_c (void)
+{
+  unsigned regions = __cs3_region_num;
+  const struct __cs3_region *rptr = __cs3_regions;
+  int exit_code;
+
+  /* Initialize memory */
+  for (regions = __cs3_region_num, rptr = __cs3_regions; regions--; rptr++)
+    {
+      long long *src = (long long *)rptr->init;
+      long long *dst = (long long *)rptr->data;
+      unsigned limit = rptr->init_size;
+      unsigned count;
+
+      if (src != dst)
+	for (count = 0; count != limit; count += sizeof (long long))
+	  *dst++ = *src++;
+      else
+	dst = (long long *)((char *)dst + limit);
+      limit = rptr->zero_size;
+      for (count = 0; count != limit; count += sizeof (long long))
+	*dst++ = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Run initializers.  */
+  __libc_init_array ();
+
+  exit_code = main (0, NULL, NULL);
+  if (exit)
+    exit (exit_code);
+  /* If exit is NULL, make sure we don't return. */
+  for (;;)
+    continue;
+}
diff --git a/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/stm32_isrs.S b/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/stm32_isrs.S
index f95468c..be102e7 100644
--- a/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/stm32_isrs.S
+++ b/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/stm32_isrs.S
@@ -1,235 +1,235 @@
-/* STM32 ISR weak declarations */

-

-	.thumb

-

-/* Default handler for all non-overridden interrupts and exceptions */

-	.globl	__default_handler

-	.type	__default_handler, %function

-

-__default_handler:

-	b .

-

-	.weak	__exc_nmi

-	.globl	__exc_nmi

-	.set	__exc_nmi, __default_handler

-	.weak	__exc_hardfault

-	.globl	__exc_hardfault

-	.set	__exc_hardfault, __default_handler

-	.weak	__exc_memmanage

-	.globl	__exc_memmanage

-	.set	__exc_memmanage, __default_handler

-	.weak	__exc_busfault

-	.globl	__exc_busfault

-	.set	__exc_busfault, __default_handler

-	.weak	__exc_usagefault

-	.globl	__exc_usagefault

-	.set	__exc_usagefault, __default_handler

-	.weak	__stm32reservedexception7

-	.globl	__stm32reservedexception7

-	.set	__stm32reservedexception7, __default_handler

-	.weak	__stm32reservedexception8

-	.globl	__stm32reservedexception8

-	.set	__stm32reservedexception8, __default_handler

-	.weak	__stm32reservedexception9

-	.globl	__stm32reservedexception9

-	.set	__stm32reservedexception9, __default_handler

-	.weak	__stm32reservedexception10

-	.globl	__stm32reservedexception10

-	.set	__stm32reservedexception10, __default_handler

-	.weak	__exc_svc

-	.globl	__exc_svc

-	.set	__exc_svc, __default_handler

-	.weak	__exc_debug_monitor

-	.globl	__exc_debug_monitor

-	.set	__exc_debug_monitor, __default_handler

-	.weak	__stm32reservedexception13

-	.globl	__stm32reservedexception13

-	.set	__stm32reservedexception13, __default_handler

-	.weak	__exc_pendsv

-	.globl	__exc_pendsv

-	.set	__exc_pendsv, __default_handler

-	.weak	__exc_systick

-	.globl	__exc_systick

-	.set	__exc_systick, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_wwdg

-	.globl	__irq_wwdg

-	.set	__irq_wwdg, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_pvd

-	.globl	__irq_pvd

-	.set	__irq_pvd, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tamper

-	.globl	__irq_tamper

-	.set	__irq_tamper, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_rtc

-	.globl	__irq_rtc

-	.set	__irq_rtc, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_flash

-	.globl	__irq_flash

-	.set	__irq_flash, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_rcc

-	.globl	__irq_rcc

-	.set	__irq_rcc, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_exti0

-	.globl	__irq_exti0

-	.set	__irq_exti0, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_exti1

-	.globl	__irq_exti1

-	.set	__irq_exti1, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_exti2

-	.globl	__irq_exti2

-	.set	__irq_exti2, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_exti3

-	.globl	__irq_exti3

-	.set	__irq_exti3, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_exti4

-	.globl	__irq_exti4

-	.set	__irq_exti4, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel1

-	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel1

-	.set	__irq_dma1_channel1, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel2

-	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel2

-	.set	__irq_dma1_channel2, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel3

-	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel3

-	.set	__irq_dma1_channel3, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel4

-	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel4

-	.set	__irq_dma1_channel4, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel5

-	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel5

-	.set	__irq_dma1_channel5, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel6

-	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel6

-	.set	__irq_dma1_channel6, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel7

-	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel7

-	.set	__irq_dma1_channel7, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_adc

-	.globl	__irq_adc

-	.set	__irq_adc, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_usb_hp_can_tx

-	.globl	__irq_usb_hp_can_tx

-	.set	__irq_usb_hp_can_tx, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_usb_lp_can_rx0

-	.globl	__irq_usb_lp_can_rx0

-	.set	__irq_usb_lp_can_rx0, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_can_rx1

-	.globl	__irq_can_rx1

-	.set	__irq_can_rx1, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_can_sce

-	.globl	__irq_can_sce

-	.set	__irq_can_sce, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_exti9_5

-	.globl	__irq_exti9_5

-	.set	__irq_exti9_5, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim1_brk

-	.globl	__irq_tim1_brk

-	.set	__irq_tim1_brk, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim1_up

-	.globl	__irq_tim1_up

-	.set	__irq_tim1_up, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim1_trg_com

-	.globl	__irq_tim1_trg_com

-	.set	__irq_tim1_trg_com, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim1_cc

-	.globl	__irq_tim1_cc

-	.set	__irq_tim1_cc, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim2

-	.globl	__irq_tim2

-	.set	__irq_tim2, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim3

-	.globl	__irq_tim3

-	.set	__irq_tim3, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim4

-	.globl	__irq_tim4

-	.set	__irq_tim4, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_i2c1_ev

-	.globl	__irq_i2c1_ev

-	.set	__irq_i2c1_ev, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_i2c1_er

-	.globl	__irq_i2c1_er

-	.set	__irq_i2c1_er, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_i2c2_ev

-	.globl	__irq_i2c2_ev

-	.set	__irq_i2c2_ev, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_i2c2_er

-	.globl	__irq_i2c2_er

-	.set	__irq_i2c2_er, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_spi1

-	.globl	__irq_spi1

-	.set	__irq_spi1, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_spi2

-	.globl	__irq_spi2

-	.set	__irq_spi2, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_usart1

-	.globl	__irq_usart1

-	.set	__irq_usart1, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_usart2

-	.globl	__irq_usart2

-	.set	__irq_usart2, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_usart3

-	.globl	__irq_usart3

-	.set	__irq_usart3, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_exti15_10

-	.globl	__irq_exti15_10

-	.set	__irq_exti15_10, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_rtcalarm

-	.globl	__irq_rtcalarm

-	.set	__irq_rtcalarm, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_usbwakeup

-	.globl	__irq_usbwakeup

-	.set	__irq_usbwakeup, __default_handler

-#if defined (STM32_HIGH_DENSITY)

-	.weak	__irq_tim8_brk

-	.globl	__irq_tim8_brk

-	.set	__irq_tim8_brk, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim8_up

-	.globl	__irq_tim8_up

-	.set	__irq_tim8_up, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim8_trg_com

-	.globl	__irq_tim8_trg_com

-	.set	__irq_tim8_trg_com, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim8_cc

-	.globl	__irq_tim8_cc

-	.set	__irq_tim8_cc, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_adc3

-	.globl	__irq_adc3

-	.set	__irq_adc3, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_fsmc

-	.globl	__irq_fsmc

-	.set	__irq_fsmc, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_sdio

-	.globl	__irq_sdio

-	.set	__irq_sdio, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim5

-	.globl	__irq_tim5

-	.set	__irq_tim5, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_spi3

-	.globl	__irq_spi3

-	.set	__irq_spi3, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_uart4

-	.globl	__irq_uart4

-	.set	__irq_uart4, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_uart5

-	.globl	__irq_uart5

-	.set	__irq_uart5, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim6

-	.globl	__irq_tim6

-	.set	__irq_tim6, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_tim7

-	.globl	__irq_tim7

-	.set	__irq_tim7, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_dma2_channel1

-	.globl	__irq_dma2_channel1

-	.set	__irq_dma2_channel1, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_dma2_channel2

-	.globl	__irq_dma2_channel2

-	.set	__irq_dma2_channel2, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_dma2_channel3

-	.globl	__irq_dma2_channel3

-	.set	__irq_dma2_channel3, __default_handler

-	.weak	__irq_dma2_channel4_5

-	.globl	__irq_dma2_channel4_5

-	.set	__irq_dma2_channel4_5, __default_handler

-#endif /* STM32_HIGH_DENSITY */

+/* STM32 ISR weak declarations */
+
+	.thumb
+
+/* Default handler for all non-overridden interrupts and exceptions */
+	.globl	__default_handler
+	.type	__default_handler, %function
+
+__default_handler:
+	b .
+
+	.weak	__exc_nmi
+	.globl	__exc_nmi
+	.set	__exc_nmi, __default_handler
+	.weak	__exc_hardfault
+	.globl	__exc_hardfault
+	.set	__exc_hardfault, __default_handler
+	.weak	__exc_memmanage
+	.globl	__exc_memmanage
+	.set	__exc_memmanage, __default_handler
+	.weak	__exc_busfault
+	.globl	__exc_busfault
+	.set	__exc_busfault, __default_handler
+	.weak	__exc_usagefault
+	.globl	__exc_usagefault
+	.set	__exc_usagefault, __default_handler
+	.weak	__stm32reservedexception7
+	.globl	__stm32reservedexception7
+	.set	__stm32reservedexception7, __default_handler
+	.weak	__stm32reservedexception8
+	.globl	__stm32reservedexception8
+	.set	__stm32reservedexception8, __default_handler
+	.weak	__stm32reservedexception9
+	.globl	__stm32reservedexception9
+	.set	__stm32reservedexception9, __default_handler
+	.weak	__stm32reservedexception10
+	.globl	__stm32reservedexception10
+	.set	__stm32reservedexception10, __default_handler
+	.weak	__exc_svc
+	.globl	__exc_svc
+	.set	__exc_svc, __default_handler
+	.weak	__exc_debug_monitor
+	.globl	__exc_debug_monitor
+	.set	__exc_debug_monitor, __default_handler
+	.weak	__stm32reservedexception13
+	.globl	__stm32reservedexception13
+	.set	__stm32reservedexception13, __default_handler
+	.weak	__exc_pendsv
+	.globl	__exc_pendsv
+	.set	__exc_pendsv, __default_handler
+	.weak	__exc_systick
+	.globl	__exc_systick
+	.set	__exc_systick, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_wwdg
+	.globl	__irq_wwdg
+	.set	__irq_wwdg, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_pvd
+	.globl	__irq_pvd
+	.set	__irq_pvd, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tamper
+	.globl	__irq_tamper
+	.set	__irq_tamper, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_rtc
+	.globl	__irq_rtc
+	.set	__irq_rtc, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_flash
+	.globl	__irq_flash
+	.set	__irq_flash, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_rcc
+	.globl	__irq_rcc
+	.set	__irq_rcc, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_exti0
+	.globl	__irq_exti0
+	.set	__irq_exti0, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_exti1
+	.globl	__irq_exti1
+	.set	__irq_exti1, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_exti2
+	.globl	__irq_exti2
+	.set	__irq_exti2, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_exti3
+	.globl	__irq_exti3
+	.set	__irq_exti3, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_exti4
+	.globl	__irq_exti4
+	.set	__irq_exti4, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel1
+	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel1
+	.set	__irq_dma1_channel1, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel2
+	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel2
+	.set	__irq_dma1_channel2, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel3
+	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel3
+	.set	__irq_dma1_channel3, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel4
+	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel4
+	.set	__irq_dma1_channel4, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel5
+	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel5
+	.set	__irq_dma1_channel5, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel6
+	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel6
+	.set	__irq_dma1_channel6, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_dma1_channel7
+	.globl	__irq_dma1_channel7
+	.set	__irq_dma1_channel7, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_adc
+	.globl	__irq_adc
+	.set	__irq_adc, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_usb_hp_can_tx
+	.globl	__irq_usb_hp_can_tx
+	.set	__irq_usb_hp_can_tx, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_usb_lp_can_rx0
+	.globl	__irq_usb_lp_can_rx0
+	.set	__irq_usb_lp_can_rx0, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_can_rx1
+	.globl	__irq_can_rx1
+	.set	__irq_can_rx1, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_can_sce
+	.globl	__irq_can_sce
+	.set	__irq_can_sce, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_exti9_5
+	.globl	__irq_exti9_5
+	.set	__irq_exti9_5, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim1_brk
+	.globl	__irq_tim1_brk
+	.set	__irq_tim1_brk, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim1_up
+	.globl	__irq_tim1_up
+	.set	__irq_tim1_up, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim1_trg_com
+	.globl	__irq_tim1_trg_com
+	.set	__irq_tim1_trg_com, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim1_cc
+	.globl	__irq_tim1_cc
+	.set	__irq_tim1_cc, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim2
+	.globl	__irq_tim2
+	.set	__irq_tim2, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim3
+	.globl	__irq_tim3
+	.set	__irq_tim3, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim4
+	.globl	__irq_tim4
+	.set	__irq_tim4, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_i2c1_ev
+	.globl	__irq_i2c1_ev
+	.set	__irq_i2c1_ev, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_i2c1_er
+	.globl	__irq_i2c1_er
+	.set	__irq_i2c1_er, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_i2c2_ev
+	.globl	__irq_i2c2_ev
+	.set	__irq_i2c2_ev, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_i2c2_er
+	.globl	__irq_i2c2_er
+	.set	__irq_i2c2_er, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_spi1
+	.globl	__irq_spi1
+	.set	__irq_spi1, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_spi2
+	.globl	__irq_spi2
+	.set	__irq_spi2, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_usart1
+	.globl	__irq_usart1
+	.set	__irq_usart1, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_usart2
+	.globl	__irq_usart2
+	.set	__irq_usart2, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_usart3
+	.globl	__irq_usart3
+	.set	__irq_usart3, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_exti15_10
+	.globl	__irq_exti15_10
+	.set	__irq_exti15_10, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_rtcalarm
+	.globl	__irq_rtcalarm
+	.set	__irq_rtcalarm, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_usbwakeup
+	.globl	__irq_usbwakeup
+	.set	__irq_usbwakeup, __default_handler
+#if defined (STM32_HIGH_DENSITY)
+	.weak	__irq_tim8_brk
+	.globl	__irq_tim8_brk
+	.set	__irq_tim8_brk, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim8_up
+	.globl	__irq_tim8_up
+	.set	__irq_tim8_up, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim8_trg_com
+	.globl	__irq_tim8_trg_com
+	.set	__irq_tim8_trg_com, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim8_cc
+	.globl	__irq_tim8_cc
+	.set	__irq_tim8_cc, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_adc3
+	.globl	__irq_adc3
+	.set	__irq_adc3, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_fsmc
+	.globl	__irq_fsmc
+	.set	__irq_fsmc, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_sdio
+	.globl	__irq_sdio
+	.set	__irq_sdio, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim5
+	.globl	__irq_tim5
+	.set	__irq_tim5, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_spi3
+	.globl	__irq_spi3
+	.set	__irq_spi3, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_uart4
+	.globl	__irq_uart4
+	.set	__irq_uart4, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_uart5
+	.globl	__irq_uart5
+	.set	__irq_uart5, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim6
+	.globl	__irq_tim6
+	.set	__irq_tim6, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_tim7
+	.globl	__irq_tim7
+	.set	__irq_tim7, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_dma2_channel1
+	.globl	__irq_dma2_channel1
+	.set	__irq_dma2_channel1, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_dma2_channel2
+	.globl	__irq_dma2_channel2
+	.set	__irq_dma2_channel2, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_dma2_channel3
+	.globl	__irq_dma2_channel3
+	.set	__irq_dma2_channel3, __default_handler
+	.weak	__irq_dma2_channel4_5
+	.globl	__irq_dma2_channel4_5
+	.set	__irq_dma2_channel4_5, __default_handler
+#endif /* STM32_HIGH_DENSITY */
diff --git a/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/stm32_vector_table.S b/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/stm32_vector_table.S
index c3f0fc7..868cb6c 100644
--- a/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/stm32_vector_table.S
+++ b/support/ld/libcs3_stm32_src/stm32_vector_table.S
@@ -1,90 +1,90 @@
-/* STM32 vector table */

-

-	.section	".cs3.interrupt_vector"

-

-	.globl	__cs3_stm32_vector_table

-	.type	__cs3_stm32_vector_table, %object

-

-__cs3_stm32_vector_table:

-/* CM3 core interrupts */

-	.long	__cs3_stack

-	.long	__cs3_reset

-	.long	__exc_nmi

-	.long	__exc_hardfault

-	.long	__exc_memmanage

-	.long	__exc_busfault

-	.long	__exc_usagefault

-	.long	__stm32reservedexception7

-	.long	__stm32reservedexception8

-	.long	__stm32reservedexception9

-	.long	__stm32reservedexception10

-	.long	__exc_svc

-	.long	__exc_debug_monitor

-	.long	__stm32reservedexception13

-	.long	__exc_pendsv

-	.long	__exc_systick

-/* Peripheral interrupts */

-	.long	__irq_wwdg

-	.long	__irq_pvd

-	.long	__irq_tamper

-	.long	__irq_rtc

-	.long	__irq_flash

-	.long	__irq_rcc

-	.long	__irq_exti0

-	.long	__irq_exti1

-	.long	__irq_exti2

-	.long	__irq_exti3

-	.long	__irq_exti4

-	.long	__irq_dma1_channel1

-	.long	__irq_dma1_channel2

-	.long	__irq_dma1_channel3

-	.long	__irq_dma1_channel4

-	.long	__irq_dma1_channel5

-	.long	__irq_dma1_channel6

-	.long	__irq_dma1_channel7

-	.long	__irq_adc

-	.long	__irq_usb_hp_can_tx

-	.long	__irq_usb_lp_can_rx0

-	.long	__irq_can_rx1

-	.long	__irq_can_sce

-	.long	__irq_exti9_5

-	.long	__irq_tim1_brk

-	.long	__irq_tim1_up

-	.long	__irq_tim1_trg_com

-	.long	__irq_tim1_cc

-	.long	__irq_tim2

-	.long	__irq_tim3

-	.long	__irq_tim4

-	.long	__irq_i2c1_ev

-	.long	__irq_i2c1_er

-	.long	__irq_i2c2_ev

-	.long	__irq_i2c2_er

-	.long	__irq_spi1

-	.long	__irq_spi2

-	.long	__irq_usart1

-	.long	__irq_usart2

-	.long	__irq_usart3

-	.long	__irq_exti15_10

-	.long	__irq_rtcalarm

-	.long	__irq_usbwakeup

-#if defined (STM32_HIGH_DENSITY)

-	.long	__irq_tim8_brk

-	.long	__irq_tim8_up

-	.long	__irq_tim8_trg_com

-	.long	__irq_tim8_cc

-	.long	__irq_adc3

-	.long	__irq_fsmc

-	.long	__irq_sdio

-	.long	__irq_tim5

-	.long	__irq_spi3

-	.long	__irq_uart4

-	.long	__irq_uart5

-	.long	__irq_tim6

-	.long	__irq_tim7

-	.long	__irq_dma2_channel1

-	.long	__irq_dma2_channel2

-	.long	__irq_dma2_channel3

-	.long	__irq_dma2_channel4_5

-#endif /* STM32_HIGH_DENSITY */

-

-	.size	__cs3_stm32_vector_table, . - __cs3_stm32_vector_table

+/* STM32 vector table */
+
+	.section	".cs3.interrupt_vector"
+
+	.globl	__cs3_stm32_vector_table
+	.type	__cs3_stm32_vector_table, %object
+
+__cs3_stm32_vector_table:
+/* CM3 core interrupts */
+	.long	__cs3_stack
+	.long	__cs3_reset
+	.long	__exc_nmi
+	.long	__exc_hardfault
+	.long	__exc_memmanage
+	.long	__exc_busfault
+	.long	__exc_usagefault
+	.long	__stm32reservedexception7
+	.long	__stm32reservedexception8
+	.long	__stm32reservedexception9
+	.long	__stm32reservedexception10
+	.long	__exc_svc
+	.long	__exc_debug_monitor
+	.long	__stm32reservedexception13
+	.long	__exc_pendsv
+	.long	__exc_systick
+/* Peripheral interrupts */
+	.long	__irq_wwdg
+	.long	__irq_pvd
+	.long	__irq_tamper
+	.long	__irq_rtc
+	.long	__irq_flash
+	.long	__irq_rcc
+	.long	__irq_exti0
+	.long	__irq_exti1
+	.long	__irq_exti2
+	.long	__irq_exti3
+	.long	__irq_exti4
+	.long	__irq_dma1_channel1
+	.long	__irq_dma1_channel2
+	.long	__irq_dma1_channel3
+	.long	__irq_dma1_channel4
+	.long	__irq_dma1_channel5
+	.long	__irq_dma1_channel6
+	.long	__irq_dma1_channel7
+	.long	__irq_adc
+	.long	__irq_usb_hp_can_tx
+	.long	__irq_usb_lp_can_rx0
+	.long	__irq_can_rx1
+	.long	__irq_can_sce
+	.long	__irq_exti9_5
+	.long	__irq_tim1_brk
+	.long	__irq_tim1_up
+	.long	__irq_tim1_trg_com
+	.long	__irq_tim1_cc
+	.long	__irq_tim2
+	.long	__irq_tim3
+	.long	__irq_tim4
+	.long	__irq_i2c1_ev
+	.long	__irq_i2c1_er
+	.long	__irq_i2c2_ev
+	.long	__irq_i2c2_er
+	.long	__irq_spi1
+	.long	__irq_spi2
+	.long	__irq_usart1
+	.long	__irq_usart2
+	.long	__irq_usart3
+	.long	__irq_exti15_10
+	.long	__irq_rtcalarm
+	.long	__irq_usbwakeup
+#if defined (STM32_HIGH_DENSITY)
+	.long	__irq_tim8_brk
+	.long	__irq_tim8_up
+	.long	__irq_tim8_trg_com
+	.long	__irq_tim8_cc
+	.long	__irq_adc3
+	.long	__irq_fsmc
+	.long	__irq_sdio
+	.long	__irq_tim5
+	.long	__irq_spi3
+	.long	__irq_uart4
+	.long	__irq_uart5
+	.long	__irq_tim6
+	.long	__irq_tim7
+	.long	__irq_dma2_channel1
+	.long	__irq_dma2_channel2
+	.long	__irq_dma2_channel3
+	.long	__irq_dma2_channel4_5
+#endif /* STM32_HIGH_DENSITY */
+
+	.size	__cs3_stm32_vector_table, . - __cs3_stm32_vector_table
diff --git a/support/ld/maple/flash.ld b/support/ld/maple/flash.ld
index 9c3efcb..44b0854 100644
--- a/support/ld/maple/flash.ld
+++ b/support/ld/maple/flash.ld
@@ -1,28 +1,28 @@
-/*

- * Linker script for STM32.

- * STM32F103RBT6 medium density chip linker script for use with

- * maple bootloader. Loads to flash.

- */

-

-/*

- * Define memory spaces.

- */

-MEMORY

-{

-  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 17K

-  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 108K

-}

-

-/*

- * Use medium density device vector table

- */

-GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)

-

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);

-

-/*

- * Define the rest of the sections

- */

-INCLUDE common_rom.inc

+/*
+ * Linker script for STM32.
+ * STM32F103RBT6 medium density chip linker script for use with
+ * maple bootloader. Loads to flash.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Define memory spaces.
+ */
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 17K
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 108K
+}
+
+/*
+ * Use medium density device vector table
+ */
+GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)
+
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+
+/*
+ * Define the rest of the sections
+ */
+INCLUDE common_rom.inc
diff --git a/support/ld/maple/jtag.ld b/support/ld/maple/jtag.ld
index caf90ee..ceda9c9 100644
--- a/support/ld/maple/jtag.ld
+++ b/support/ld/maple/jtag.ld
@@ -1,28 +1,28 @@
-/*

- * Linker script for STM32.

- * STM32F103RBT6 medium density chip linker script.

- */

-

-/*

- * Define memory spaces.

- */

-MEMORY

-{

-  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 20K

-  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08000000, LENGTH = 128K

-}

-

-/*

- * Use medium density device vector table

- */

-GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)

-

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);

-

-/*

- * Define the rest of the sections

- */

-INCLUDE common_rom.inc

-

+/*
+ * Linker script for STM32.
+ * STM32F103RBT6 medium density chip linker script.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Define memory spaces.
+ */
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 20K
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08000000, LENGTH = 128K
+}
+
+/*
+ * Use medium density device vector table
+ */
+GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)
+
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+
+/*
+ * Define the rest of the sections
+ */
+INCLUDE common_rom.inc
+
diff --git a/support/ld/maple/ram.ld b/support/ld/maple/ram.ld
index b1e285e..67391be 100644
--- a/support/ld/maple/ram.ld
+++ b/support/ld/maple/ram.ld
@@ -1,27 +1,27 @@
-/*

- * Linker script for STM32.

- * STM32F103RBT6 medium density chip linker script. Loads to ram.

- */

-

-/*

- * Define memory spaces.

- */

-MEMORY

-{

-  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 17K

-  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 0K

-}

-

-/*

- * Use medium density device vector table

- */

-GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)

-

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);

-

-/*

- * Define the rest of the sections

- */

-INCLUDE common_ram.inc

+/*
+ * Linker script for STM32.
+ * STM32F103RBT6 medium density chip linker script. Loads to ram.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Define memory spaces.
+ */
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 17K
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 0K
+}
+
+/*
+ * Use medium density device vector table
+ */
+GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)
+
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+
+/*
+ * Define the rest of the sections
+ */
+INCLUDE common_ram.inc
diff --git a/support/ld/maple_mini/flash.ld b/support/ld/maple_mini/flash.ld
index 4c26da2..b3eb557 100644
--- a/support/ld/maple_mini/flash.ld
+++ b/support/ld/maple_mini/flash.ld
@@ -1,27 +1,27 @@
-/*

- * Linker script for STM32.

- * Maple mini flash linker script.

- */

-

-/*

- * Define memory spaces.

- */

-MEMORY

-{

-  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 17K

-  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 108K

-}

-

-/*

- * Use medium density device vector table

- */

-GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)

-

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);

-

-/*

- * Define the rest of the sections

- */

-INCLUDE common_rom.inc

+/*
+ * Linker script for STM32.
+ * Maple mini flash linker script.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Define memory spaces.
+ */
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 17K
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 108K
+}
+
+/*
+ * Use medium density device vector table
+ */
+GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)
+
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+
+/*
+ * Define the rest of the sections
+ */
+INCLUDE common_rom.inc
diff --git a/support/ld/maple_mini/jtag.ld b/support/ld/maple_mini/jtag.ld
index 31768ed..cdf2cc9 100644
--- a/support/ld/maple_mini/jtag.ld
+++ b/support/ld/maple_mini/jtag.ld
@@ -1,28 +1,28 @@
-/*

- * Linker script for STM32.

- * Maple mini linker script bare metal target linker script.

- */

-

-/*

- * Define memory spaces.

- */

-MEMORY

-{

-  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 20K

-  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08000000, LENGTH = 128K

-}

-

-/*

- * Use medium density device vector table

- */

-GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)

-

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);

-

-/*

- * Define the rest of the sections

- */

-INCLUDE common_rom.inc

-

+/*
+ * Linker script for STM32.
+ * Maple mini linker script bare metal target linker script.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Define memory spaces.
+ */
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 20K
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08000000, LENGTH = 128K
+}
+
+/*
+ * Use medium density device vector table
+ */
+GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)
+
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+
+/*
+ * Define the rest of the sections
+ */
+INCLUDE common_rom.inc
+
diff --git a/support/ld/maple_mini/ram.ld b/support/ld/maple_mini/ram.ld
index 7dd7ee5..b8516de 100644
--- a/support/ld/maple_mini/ram.ld
+++ b/support/ld/maple_mini/ram.ld
@@ -1,27 +1,27 @@
-/*

- * Linker script for STM32.

- * Maple mini ram target linker script.

- */

-

-/*

- * Define memory spaces.

- */

-MEMORY

-{

-  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 17K

-  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 0K

-}

-

-/*

- * Use medium density device vector table

- */

-GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)

-

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);

-

-/*

- * Define the rest of the sections

- */

-INCLUDE common_ram.inc

+/*
+ * Linker script for STM32.
+ * Maple mini ram target linker script.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Define memory spaces.
+ */
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 17K
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 0K
+}
+
+/*
+ * Use medium density device vector table
+ */
+GROUP(libcs3_stm32_med_density.a)
+
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+
+/*
+ * Define the rest of the sections
+ */
+INCLUDE common_ram.inc
diff --git a/support/ld/maple_native/flash.ld b/support/ld/maple_native/flash.ld
index 4358419..e4d61d1 100644
--- a/support/ld/maple_native/flash.ld
+++ b/support/ld/maple_native/flash.ld
@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
-/*

- * Linker script for STM32.

- * STM32 high density chip linker script. Loads to flash with Maple bootloader

- */

-

-MEMORY

-{

-  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 61K

-  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 492K

-}

-

-/*

- * Use high density device vector table

- */

-GROUP(libcs3_stm32_high_density.a)

-

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);

-

-INCLUDE common_rom.inc

-

+/*
+ * Linker script for STM32.
+ * STM32 high density chip linker script. Loads to flash with Maple bootloader
+ */
+
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 61K
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 492K
+}
+
+/*
+ * Use high density device vector table
+ */
+GROUP(libcs3_stm32_high_density.a)
+
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+
+INCLUDE common_rom.inc
+
diff --git a/support/ld/maple_native/jtag.ld b/support/ld/maple_native/jtag.ld
index 0e99c3b..2264d69 100644
--- a/support/ld/maple_native/jtag.ld
+++ b/support/ld/maple_native/jtag.ld
@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
-/*

- * Linker script for STM32.

- * STM32 high density chip linker script. Bare metal linker script.

- */

-MEMORY

-{

-  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 64K

-  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08000000, LENGTH = 512K

-}

-

-/*

- * Use high density device vector table

- */

-GROUP(libcs3_stm32_high_density.a)

-

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);

-

-INCLUDE common_rom.inc

-

+/*
+ * Linker script for STM32.
+ * STM32 high density chip linker script. Bare metal linker script.
+ */
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 64K
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08000000, LENGTH = 512K
+}
+
+/*
+ * Use high density device vector table
+ */
+GROUP(libcs3_stm32_high_density.a)
+
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+
+INCLUDE common_rom.inc
+
diff --git a/support/ld/maple_native/ram.ld b/support/ld/maple_native/ram.ld
index d5bd3b0..c3f418f 100644
--- a/support/ld/maple_native/ram.ld
+++ b/support/ld/maple_native/ram.ld
@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
-/*

- * Linker script for STM32.

- * STM32 high density chip linker script. Loads to RAM with Maple bootloader

- */

-

-MEMORY

-{

-  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 61K

-  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 0K

-}

-

-/*

- * Use high density device vector table

- */

-GROUP(libcs3_stm32_high_density.a)

-

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);

-REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);

-

-INCLUDE common_ram.inc

+/*
+ * Linker script for STM32.
+ * STM32 high density chip linker script. Loads to RAM with Maple bootloader
+ */
+
+MEMORY
+{
+  ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000C00, LENGTH = 61K
+  rom (rx)  : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 0K
+}
+
+/*
+ * Use high density device vector table
+ */
+GROUP(libcs3_stm32_high_density.a)
+
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram);
+REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram);
+
+INCLUDE common_ram.inc
diff --git a/support/ld/names.inc b/support/ld/names.inc
index 9fab36c..4045836 100644
--- a/support/ld/names.inc
+++ b/support/ld/names.inc
@@ -1,78 +1,78 @@
-EXTERN(__cs3_stack)

-EXTERN(__cs3_reset)

-EXTERN(__exc_nmi)

-EXTERN(__exc_hardfault)

-EXTERN(__exc_memmanage)

-EXTERN(__exc_busfault)

-EXTERN(__exc_usagefault)

-EXTERN(__stm32reservedexception7)

-EXTERN(__stm32reservedexception8)

-EXTERN(__stm32reservedexception9)

-EXTERN(__stm32reservedexception10)

-EXTERN(__exc_svc)

-EXTERN(__exc_debug_monitor)

-EXTERN(__stm32reservedexception13)

-EXTERN(__exc_pendsv)

-EXTERN(__exc_systick)

-

-EXTERN(__irq_wwdg)

-EXTERN(__irq_pvd)

-EXTERN(__irq_tamper)

-EXTERN(__irq_rtc)

-EXTERN(__irq_flash)

-EXTERN(__irq_rcc)

-EXTERN(__irq_exti0)

-EXTERN(__irq_exti1)

-EXTERN(__irq_exti2)

-EXTERN(__irq_exti3)

-EXTERN(__irq_exti4)

-EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel1)

-EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel2)

-EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel3)

-EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel4)

-EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel5)

-EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel6)

-EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel7)

-EXTERN(__irq_adc)

-EXTERN(__irq_usb_hp_can_tx)

-EXTERN(__irq_usb_lp_can_rx0)

-EXTERN(__irq_can_rx1)

-EXTERN(__irq_can_sce)

-EXTERN(__irq_exti9_5)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim1_brk)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim1_up)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim1_trg_com)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim1_cc)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim2)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim3)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim4)

-EXTERN(__irq_i2c1_ev)

-EXTERN(__irq_i2c1_er)

-EXTERN(__irq_i2c2_ev)

-EXTERN(__irq_i2c2_er)

-EXTERN(__irq_spi1)

-EXTERN(__irq_spi2)

-EXTERN(__irq_usart1)

-EXTERN(__irq_usart2)

-EXTERN(__irq_usart3)

-EXTERN(__irq_exti15_10)

-EXTERN(__irq_rtcalarm)

-EXTERN(__irq_usbwakeup)

-

-EXTERN(__irq_tim8_brk)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim8_up)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim8_trg_com)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim8_cc)

-EXTERN(__irq_adc3)

-EXTERN(__irq_fsmc)

-EXTERN(__irq_sdio)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim5)

-EXTERN(__irq_spi3)

-EXTERN(__irq_uart4)

-EXTERN(__irq_uart5)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim6)

-EXTERN(__irq_tim7)

-EXTERN(__irq_dma2_channel1)

-EXTERN(__irq_dma2_channel2)

-EXTERN(__irq_dma2_channel3)

-EXTERN(__irq_dma2_channel4_5)

+EXTERN(__cs3_stack)
+EXTERN(__cs3_reset)
+EXTERN(__exc_nmi)
+EXTERN(__exc_hardfault)
+EXTERN(__exc_memmanage)
+EXTERN(__exc_busfault)
+EXTERN(__exc_usagefault)
+EXTERN(__stm32reservedexception7)
+EXTERN(__stm32reservedexception8)
+EXTERN(__stm32reservedexception9)
+EXTERN(__stm32reservedexception10)
+EXTERN(__exc_svc)
+EXTERN(__exc_debug_monitor)
+EXTERN(__stm32reservedexception13)
+EXTERN(__exc_pendsv)
+EXTERN(__exc_systick)
+
+EXTERN(__irq_wwdg)
+EXTERN(__irq_pvd)
+EXTERN(__irq_tamper)
+EXTERN(__irq_rtc)
+EXTERN(__irq_flash)
+EXTERN(__irq_rcc)
+EXTERN(__irq_exti0)
+EXTERN(__irq_exti1)
+EXTERN(__irq_exti2)
+EXTERN(__irq_exti3)
+EXTERN(__irq_exti4)
+EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel1)
+EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel2)
+EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel3)
+EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel4)
+EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel5)
+EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel6)
+EXTERN(__irq_dma_channel7)
+EXTERN(__irq_adc)
+EXTERN(__irq_usb_hp_can_tx)
+EXTERN(__irq_usb_lp_can_rx0)
+EXTERN(__irq_can_rx1)
+EXTERN(__irq_can_sce)
+EXTERN(__irq_exti9_5)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim1_brk)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim1_up)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim1_trg_com)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim1_cc)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim2)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim3)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim4)
+EXTERN(__irq_i2c1_ev)
+EXTERN(__irq_i2c1_er)
+EXTERN(__irq_i2c2_ev)
+EXTERN(__irq_i2c2_er)
+EXTERN(__irq_spi1)
+EXTERN(__irq_spi2)
+EXTERN(__irq_usart1)
+EXTERN(__irq_usart2)
+EXTERN(__irq_usart3)
+EXTERN(__irq_exti15_10)
+EXTERN(__irq_rtcalarm)
+EXTERN(__irq_usbwakeup)
+
+EXTERN(__irq_tim8_brk)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim8_up)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim8_trg_com)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim8_cc)
+EXTERN(__irq_adc3)
+EXTERN(__irq_fsmc)
+EXTERN(__irq_sdio)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim5)
+EXTERN(__irq_spi3)
+EXTERN(__irq_uart4)
+EXTERN(__irq_uart5)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim6)
+EXTERN(__irq_tim7)
+EXTERN(__irq_dma2_channel1)
+EXTERN(__irq_dma2_channel2)
+EXTERN(__irq_dma2_channel3)
+EXTERN(__irq_dma2_channel4_5)
diff --git a/wirish/bits.h b/wirish/bits.h
index b2c9d5c..3e755b7 100644
--- a/wirish/bits.h
+++ b/wirish/bits.h
@@ -1,30 +1,30 @@
-/******************************************************************************

- * The MIT License

- *

- * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs, LLC.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person

- * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation

- * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without

- * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,

- * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies

- * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is

- * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be

- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

- * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS

- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

- * SOFTWARE.

- *****************************************************************************/

-

-/* Note: Use of this header file is deprecated.  Use bit_constants.h

-   instead. */

-

-#include "bit_constants.h"

+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs, LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Note: Use of this header file is deprecated.  Use bit_constants.h
+   instead. */
+
+#include "bit_constants.h"
diff --git a/wirish/main.cxx b/wirish/main.cxx
index dd5e296..ffa58dc 100644
--- a/wirish/main.cxx
+++ b/wirish/main.cxx
@@ -1,38 +1,38 @@
-/******************************************************************************

- * The MIT License

- *

- * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

- * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal

- * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights

- * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell

- * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is

- * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

- * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,

- * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN

- * THE SOFTWARE.

- *****************************************************************************/

-

-// Force init to be called *first*, i.e. before static object allocation.

-// Otherwise, statically allocated objects that need libmaple may fail.

- __attribute__(( constructor )) void premain() {

-    init();

-}

-

-int main(void) {

-    setup();

-

-    while (1) {

-        loop();

-    }

-    return 0;

-}

+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+ * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+ * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+ * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+ * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+ * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+ * THE SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// Force init to be called *first*, i.e. before static object allocation.
+// Otherwise, statically allocated objects that need libmaple may fail.
+ __attribute__(( constructor )) void premain() {
+    init();
+}
+
+int main(void) {
+    setup();
+
+    while (1) {
+        loop();
+    }
+    return 0;
+}